Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

τινὰ+ἀρετῇ

  • 1 ἀρετή

    ἀρετή [ᾰ], ἡ,
    A goodness, excellence, of any kind, in Hom. esp. of manly qualities,

    ποδῶν ἀρετὴν ἀναφαίνων Il.20.411

    ;

    ἀμείνων παντοίας ἀρετὰς ἠμὲν πόδας ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι καὶ νόον 15.642

    ; so of the gods,

    τῶν περ καὶ μείζων ἀ. τιμή τε βίη τε 9.498

    ; also of women, Od.2.206; ἀ. εἵνεκα for valour, Hdt.8.92: pl., ἀ. ἀπεδείκνυντο displayed brave deeds, Id.1.176, 9.40.
    b later, of the gods, chiefly in pl., glorious deeds, wonders, miracles, SIG1172, Str.17.1.17;

    ζῶσαι ἀ. IG14.966

    , cf. 1 Ep.Pet.2.9: also in sg.,

    ὄψιν ἰδοῦσα ἀρετὴν τῆς θεοῦ IG2.1426

    b, cf. Isyll. 62, BSA21.169,180.
    2 generally, excellence,

    ἡ ἀ. τελείωσίς τις Arist. Metaph. 1021b20

    , cf.EN 1106a15, etc.; of persons,

    ἄνδρα πὺξ ἀρετὰν εὑρόντα Pi.O.7.89

    , cf. P.4.187, B.9.13, etc.;

    τὸ φρονεῖν ἀ. μεγίστη Heraclit. 112

    : in pl., forms of excellence,

    μυρίαι ἀνδρῶν ἀ. B.13.8

    , cf. Gorg. Fr.8, etc.;

    δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀ. Pl.Ap. 18a

    ; esp. moral virtue, Democr. 179, 263, al., Gorg.Fr.6; opp. κακία, X.Mem.2.1.21, cf.Pl.R. 500d, Lg. 963a, 963c sq., D.60.17, Arist.EN 1102a6, Pol. 1295a37, etc.; good nature, kindness, etc., E.Fr. 163.
    b of animals, things, as land, Hdt.4.198, 7.5, Th.1.2; ἡ ἐν ἀρετῇ κειμένη γῆ productive land, PTeb.5.165 (ii B. C.);

    ἵππου Hdt.3.88

    ; κυνῶν, ἵππων, Pl.R. 335b; σκεύους ib. 601d; [ ἀστακοῦ] Archestr.Fr.24;

    ἀ. βίου Pl.R. 618c

    ;

    πολιτείας Lg. 886b

    , etc.
    3 prosperity, Od.13.45.
    II ἀ. εἴς τινα active merit, good service done him,

    ἐς τοὺς Ἕλληνας Th.3.58

    , cf. 2.40;

    ἀ. περί τινα X. An.1.4.8

    ;

    ἀνταποδοῦναι ἀ. Th.4.19

    ;

    ἀρετὰς παρασχέσθαι ὑπέρ τινος D.19.312

    ; ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα, freq. in honorary Inscrr., IG22.107.14, etc.
    III reward of excellence, distinction, fame,

    πλούτῳ δ' ἀρετὴ καὶ κῦδος ὀπηδεῖ Hes.Op. 313

    , cf. Sapph.80, Pi.N.5.53, al.;

    ἀθάνατος ἀ. S.Ph. 1420

    , Pl.Smp. 208d;

    ἃ ἆθλα τοῦ πολέμου τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐστίν, ἐλευθερία καὶ ἀ. Lycurg.49

    ; of God,

    δόξα καὶ ἀ. 2 Ep.Pet.1.3

    : in pl., glories, Thgn.30, Pi.N.10.2, al.;

    πλοῦτος ἀρεταῖς δεδαιδαλμένος Id.O. 2.53

    ;

    γενναίων ἀ. πόνων E.HF 357

     (lyr.), cf. Lys.2.26;

    προγόνων ἀ. Pl.R. 618b

    ; in LXX freq. of the praises of God, Is.42.8, al.
    IV Ἀρετή personified, Prodic.1, Arist.Fr. 675, Callix.2, CIG2786, SIG 985.10, etc.
    V ἡ ἀ. σου as a title, Your worship, PLips.13 ii 20, etc.
    VI an engine of war, Ath.Mech.38.11.
    VII a plaster, Androm. ap. Gal.13.531.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀρετή

  • 2 ἐπί

    ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)
    A

    ἐτ IG9(2).517.14

     (iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.
    A WITH GEN.:
    I of Place,
    1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,

    καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536

    ;

    ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12

    ;

    ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700

    ;

    κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345

    : without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)

    ἐλήλατο 10.153

    ; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455

    ;

    ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58

    ;

    οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528

    ;

    πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170

    ; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,

    νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416

    ; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;

    γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705

     (lyr.);

    νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613

    ;

    ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137

     (lyr.);

    οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35

    ;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103

    ; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74

    ;

    ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15

    ; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;

    οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a

    ; later of towns,

    ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16

     (ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;

    κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115

    ; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.
    2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;

    ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141

     (lyr.).
    b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.
    c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,

    εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195

    ; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;

    οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98

    ;

    ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63

    ;

    ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8

    ; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;

    αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40

    ;

    ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16

    ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also

    αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10

    ;

    πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d

    , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.
    d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11;

    οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79

    ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,

    ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90

    ; in X.,

    ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2

    ; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.
    e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,

    ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8

    ;

    ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36

    ; so, before a magistrate or official,

    ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11

     (i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;

    γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18

    ;

    τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d

    ;

    πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29

    ; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).
    f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,

    ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10

    ;

    ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3

    ;

    αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c

    , etc.;

    τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32

    ;

    τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210

    ; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);

    ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64

    ;

    τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7

    ;

    οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631

    ;

    ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2

    ; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,

    λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d

    , R. 524e, etc.;

    ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109

    ;

    ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12

    .
    3 implying Motion:
    a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;

    ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225

    ;

    τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389

    .
    b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.

    εἰς A.1.2

    ,

    ἐν A.1.8

    ), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;

    ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54

    ; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;

    ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79

     (v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,

    προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700

    ;

    τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546

     (but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,

    ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14

    ;

    πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164

    , cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;

    ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64

    ; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.
    c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;

    ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14

    ; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;

    ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν

     with a view to..,

    Pl.Prt. 358b

    ; cf. infr. B. 111.2.
    II of Time, in the time of,

    ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637

    ,23.332;

    ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111

    ; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;

    ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2

    ;

    ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108

    ; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;

    ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32

    ; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;

    ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54

    , cf. X.HG5.1.36;

    αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5

    ; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;

    ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6

    ; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.
    b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.
    III in various causal senses:
    1 over, of persons in authority,

    ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109

    ; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;

    ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23

    ;

    ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5

    ; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.
    2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;

    ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94

    :

    ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107

    ; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also

    ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2

    .
    3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54

    ; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;

    τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180

    ;

    ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14

    , POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);

    ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90

    ; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).
    4 in respect of,

    ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17

    , cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,

    τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6

     (ii B. C.).
    B WITH DAT.:
    I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):
    1 with Verbs of Rest,

    ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354

    ;

    ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153

    ;

    στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222

    ;

    κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27

    ; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;

    ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420

    ;

    ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88

    , etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something,

    νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351

     (v.l. for ἐν)

    ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131

     (but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,

    ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77

    ;

    τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353

    ;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317

    ; also, at or near,

    ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408

    ;

    ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788

    , etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,

    ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160

    ;

    ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559

    , etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.
    b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470;

    τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400

    ; also, over or in honour of,

    ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91

    ; [

    βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776

    ;

    κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81

    , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.
    c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,

    οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37

    , cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,

    ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178

    ;

    ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268

    ;

    δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181

    , cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191

    ; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;

    νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5

    ; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.
    d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;

    ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644

    ;

    ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404

     (lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).
    e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'

    ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454

    , cf. 308;

    ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639

    , cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;

    ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10

    ; so of Numerals,

    τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20

    , cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;

    γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694

    : with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27

    ; νέκταρ

    ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e

    ; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835

    : metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.
    f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.
    g. in dependence upon, in the power of,

    τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76

    ; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;

    ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2

    ;

    ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22

    ; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;

    τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14

    ; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.
    h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;

    ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88

    ;

    ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662

     codd.(lyr.).
    i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,

    ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228

     (lyr.);

    ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36

    ;

    ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36

    ; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;

    ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b

    ;

    ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192

     (anap.).
    k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.
    2. with Verbs of Motion:
    a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,

    ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443

    ;

    θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92

    ;

    καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114

    ; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.

    ψαμάθοις 23.853

    ;

    ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55

    ; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας

    βαλεῖν S.Aj.51

    , etc.
    b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.

    ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499

    ;

    καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36

    ; ἦλθε δ'

    ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251

    , cf. 273;

    νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248

    .
    c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,

    νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327

    , 11.274.
    d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι

    Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91

    ;

    ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97

    ;

    ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358

    ;

    κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293

    ;

    ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214

    , cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι

    τετάχθαι Th.2.70

    , 3.13;

    ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2

     (Teos, v B.C.).
    II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;

    ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102

    ; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;

    ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112

    , 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;

    ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6

    ;

    ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16

    , PHolm.1.18.
    2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι

    ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62

    ; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;

    ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170

    , τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;

    τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855

     (lyr.), etc.
    3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc.,

    ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665

     A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,

    ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87

    ; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;

    ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61

    ; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν

    ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16

    ;

    ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122

    , etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;

    δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540

    ;

    ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137

    , etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.

    δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315

     (lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.
    2. of an end or purpose,

    υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154

    , cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;

    ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68

    ;

    ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164

    ;

    ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56

    ; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;

    ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154

    ; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;

    ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38

    , cf.34, etc.;

    τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6

     (iv B.C.).
    3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114

    ; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126

     (but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,

    τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16

    ; γῆμαί

    τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13

    ;

    τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60

    ; on the principle of..,

    ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71

    .
    4. of the price for which..,

    ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304

    , cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .

    ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154

    ; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;

    ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332

    ;

    ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15

    ; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;

    ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας

     for

    225

    per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,

    δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27

    ; ἐπ' οἴνου

    κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18

    ;

    ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3

    ;

    δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1

    , cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.
    5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..

    ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b

    ; so

    ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12

    ; ὄνομα καλεῖν

    ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c

    , cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.

    ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b

     (v. supr. A. 111.2).
    6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;

    ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25

    ;

    οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89

    ;

    σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427

    ; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ

    στρατεύματι Th.6.29

    ;

    ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28

    ; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;

    οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2

    ;

    ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154

    .
    7. in possession of, possessing,

    ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105

    , cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;

    ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1

    ;

    ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78

    , cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);

    ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9

    .
    C. WITH Acc.:
    I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386

    , cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν

    ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131

    ;

    προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34

    ; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων

    ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265

    ; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;

    ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442

    ; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;

    Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212

    ;

    θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54

    ; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.
    b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).
    2. to,

    ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12

    , etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.

    τεῖχος 12.443

    ;

    ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48

    ;

    ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15

    ;

    ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118

    ; ἐ.

    τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79

    : c.acc. pers.,

    βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18

    , cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,

    ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d

    ;

    παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34

    , cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.
    b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;

    ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36

    ;

    ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88

     codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν

    τράπεζαν D.33.10

    ; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.
    c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),

    παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181

    ;

    ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27

    ,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων

    ἤλθομεν Od.23.248

    ; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,

    πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8

    , An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,

    τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12

    ; ὅσσον

    ἔφ' 2.616

    , cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;

    ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66

    ; ἐ.

    πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265

    ;

    ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18

    ; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον

    ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92

    ; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;

    ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118

    ; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,

    ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94

    , 4.181.
    d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),

    ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156

     (but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);

    ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18

    .
    e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;

    ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2

     codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.
    3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57

    , etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v.

    κέρας v11

    ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;

    ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34

    ; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.
    4. in hostile sense, against,

    ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101

    ;

    ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590

    ; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;

    ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495

     (lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ

    Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90

    ;

    πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153

    ; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.
    5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα

    θαλάσσης 2.159

    ;

    ἐ. κύματα 13.27

    ;

    ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350

    ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;

    ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120

    ;

    ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a

    . 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;

    ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34

    , etc.; freq. to be rendered on,

    δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308

    ; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;

    ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447

    ; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;

    ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95

    ;

    ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2

    ; also, among,

    κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213

    , cf. 24.202, 535;

    δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.
    II. of Time, for or during a certain time,

    ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299

    , Od.14.193:

    πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407

    ;

    παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133

    ;

    ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415

    ;

    ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c

    , etc.; ἐπ'

    ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7

    ; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;

    γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68

    ; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;

    ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36

    ; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.
    2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος

    καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226

    .
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;

    ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808

    ;

    ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12

    ; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,

    ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149

    , cf. S.OT 555;

    κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418

    ;

    κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23

    : with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;

    ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12

    ; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;

    ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439

    ;

    κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e

    , etc.;

    καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107

    ,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ

    τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b

    , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;

    ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22

    , 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν

    ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79

    , cf. Od.4.434;

    ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691

     (lyr.); χρήσιμος

    ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31

    : after a Noun,

    ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21

    ; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.
    2. so far as regards,

    τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889

    ;

    ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345

    ; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;

    τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28

    ; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;

    ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51

    ; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν

    ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82

    ;

    κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181

    ; ἐ.

    μέγα Call.Dian.55

    .
    3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς

    καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58

    , cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;

    ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.

    l.c.;

    ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b

     (cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται

    οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90

    .
    4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.
    D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,

    ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20

    , cf. Il.9.539.
    II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.

    γῆς Od.12.27

    , cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).
    E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας

    ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443

    ; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;

    πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182

     (lyr.).
    II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ

    ἐπέων 11.367

    ;

    ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393

     codd. (lyr.).
    F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v.

    ἐπέχω v11

    ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).
    G. IN COMPOSITION:
    I. of Place, denoting,
    1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.
    2. Motion,
    a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.
    b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.
    c. against,

    ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11

    , ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.
    e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.
    f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.
    g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.
    3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,

    ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1

    , ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.
    4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.
    5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.
    6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.
    II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,

    ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2

    .
    III. in causal senses:
    1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.
    2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.
    3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.
    4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί

  • 3 παιδεύω

    παιδ-εύω, [tense] fut. - σω: [tense] aor. ἐπαίδευσα: [tense] pf. πεπαίδευκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.
    A

    παιδεύσομαι E.Fr. 1068

    : [tense] aor.

    ἐπαιδευσάμην Pl.R. 546b

    :—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. παιδευθήσομαι ib. 376c; παιδεύσομαι (in pass. sense) Id.Cri. 54a: [tense] aor.

    ἐπαιδεύθην S.OC 562

    , Pl. Mx. 236a, etc.: [tense] pf.

    πεπαίδευμαι X.Cyr.5.2.17

    , Pl.Lg. 920a, etc.: ([etym.] παῖς):— bring up or rear a child,

    λευκὸν αὐτὴν.. ἐπαίδευσεν γάλα S.Fr. 648

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    ἐπαιδεύθην ξένος Id.OC 562

    ;

    Ἅιδου δ' ἐν δόμοις παιδεύεται E. Ion 953

    : but mostly,
    II opp. τρέφω or ἐκτρέφω (Pl.Cri. 54a, al.), train and teach, educate, παῖδας, etc., S.Tr. 451, E.Supp. 917;

    τοὺς νέους Pl.Ap. 24e

    , etc.;

    κάκιστον ἡ εὐπετείη παιδεῦσαι τὴν νεότητα Democr. 178

    ; οἱ πεπαιδευμένοι educated, cultured persons, opp. ἀυαθεῖς, Id.185;

    τὴν Ἑλλάδα πεπαίδευκεν.. ὁ ποιητής Pl.R. 606e

    ; also, of animals, train, X.Eq.10.6 ([voice] Pass.), v. infr.:—Constr.: π. τινά τινι educate in or by..,

    παιδείᾳ πεπαιδευμένους Pl.Lg. 741a

    ;

    μουσικῇ καὶ γυμναστικῇ π. τινάς Id.R. 430a

    ; ἔθεσι τοὺς φύλακας ib. 522a;

    π. τινὰ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις Lys.2.3

    , etc.; ἐν ἤθεσι, ἐν ἀρετῇ, Isoc.4.82, 12.138;

    ἐν μουσικῇ καὶ γυμναστικῇ Pl.Cri. 50e

    ; π. τινὰ εἰς ἀρετήν, εἰς τέχνην τινά, Id.Grg. 519e, X.Mem. 2.1.17 ([voice] Pass.); πεπαιδευμένον πρὸς ἀρετήν, πρὸς τὸ μετρίων δεῖσθαι, Pl. R. 492e, X.Mem.1.2.1 ([voice] Pass.);

    πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν βλέποντας Arist. Pol. 1260b15

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀρετήν X.Cyn.13.3

     ([voice] Pass.);

    περὶ βύρσας Id.Ap.29

    , etc.: c. dupl. acc., π. τινά τι teach one a thing, Antipho 3.2.3, Pl.R. 414d;

    ἀείμνηστον παιδείαν αὐτοὺς ἐπαίδευσε Aeschin.3.148

    : c. acc. rei only, teach a thing, Arist.Pol. 1337b23: c. acc. et inf.,

    π. τινὰ κιθαρίζειν Hdt.1.155

    : with predicative Adj. or Subst.,

    π. τινὰ κακόν S.OC 919

    ;

    γυναῖκας σώφρονας π. E.Andr. 601

    :—in [voice] Pass., c. acc. rei, to be taught a thing,

    παιδεύεσθαι τέχνην Pl.Lg. 695a

    , al.;

    ἀκούσματα Men.Kith.Fr.5

    : c. acc. cogn. (attracted),

    ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο Hdt.4.78

    : c. inf.,

    π. ἄρχειν X.Mem.2.1.3

    ;

    ὄρνιθες ἐπεπαίδευντό σοι.. ὥστε ὑπηρετεῖν Id.Cyr.1.6.39

     (in later Gr., of things, ἡ ὕλη παιδεύεται φέρεσθαι .. Pall.in Hp.2.106 D.); ἐν τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτάτοις π. to be educated only in what is indispensable, Th.1.84: esp. in [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass. πεπαιδευμένος, educated, trained, expert, X.Cyr.5.2.17; opp. ἀπαίδευτος, Pl.Lg. 654d; ἱκανῶς π. ib.b; φαυλοτέρως π. δικασταί ib. 876d; opp. δημιουργός, Id.Amat. 135d;

    ἰατρὸς ὅ τε δημιουργὸς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιτεκτονικός, καὶ τρίτος ὁ π. περὶ τὴν τέχνην Arist.Pol. 1282a4

    ; π. also, well-bred, Id.EN 1128a21:—[voice] Med., to have any one taught, cause him to be educated, E.Fr. 1068; οὓς ἡγεμόνας πόλεως ἐπαιδεύσασθε educated as leaders, Pl.R. 546b: c. acc. cogn.,

    πολλὰ ἃ ἐκεῖνος αὐτὸν ἐπαιδεύσατο Id.Men. 93d

    :—also in [voice] Act. in this sense, ἐν Ἀρίφρονος ἐπαίδευε had him educated in the house of Ariphron, Id.Prt.320a, cf. Cri.50e: c. acc. cogn., Id.Men.93e; of animals, cause to be trained, Nausicr.2.8 (whereas [voice] Med. is sts. used like [voice] Act., τροφαὶ αἱ παιδευόμεναι educating nurture, i.e. education, E.IA 561(lyr.)).
    2 abs., give instruction, teach, Isoc.15.226.
    III correct, discipline,

    τοὐμὸν ἦθος π. νοεῖς S. Aj. 595

    ;

    διαίτῃ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπαίδευσε καὶ τὸ σῶμα X.Mem.1.3.5

    ; ὕβρις πεπαιδευμένη chastened (i.e. well-bred) insolence, Aristotle's definition of εὐτραπελία, Rh.1389b11.
    2 chastise, punish, LXX Ho.7.12, Ev.Luc.23.16, al.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παιδεύω

  • 4 περιβάλλω

    περιβάλλω, [tense] fut. - βᾰλῶ: [tense] aor. περιέβᾰλον (v. infr.):—
    A throw round, about, or over, put on or over, c. acc. rei,

    φίλας περὶ χεῖρε βαλόντε Od. 11.211

    ;

    περὶ πτερὰ πυκνὰ βαλόντες Il.11.454

    ;

    περὶ δ' ἄντυγα βάλλε φαεινήν 18.479

    ;

    π. χέρας Ar.Th. 914

    , E.Or. 1044: freq. c. dat.,

    χέρας π. τινί Id.Ph. 1459

    , etc.; περὶ δ' ὠλένας δέρᾳ.. βάλοιμι ib. 165 (lyr.); π. τινὶ δεσμά, βρόχους, A.Pr.52, E.Ba. 619;

    Τροίᾳ ζευκτήριον A.Ag. 529

    ;

    κρατὶ π. σκότον E.HF 1159

    ; π. τινὰ χαλκεύματι put him round the sword, i. e. stab him, A.Ch. 576; also περὶ τὰ στέρνα θώρηκας π. Hdt. 1.215, cf. 5.85;

    αἱμασιὴν π. κατὰ τὸν κύκλον Id.7.60

    ; περὶ ἕρμα π. ναῦν wreck it on.., Th.7.25:—[voice] Med., throw round or over oneself, put on, c. acc. rei, περιβαλλόμενοι τεύχεα putting on their arms, Od.22.148;

    περὶ δὲ ζώνην βάλετ' ἰξυῖ 5.231

    ;

    ξίφος περὶ στιβαροῖς βάλετ' ὤμοις 14.528

    ; εἷμα, φᾶρος περιβάλλεσθαι, Hdt. 1.152, 9.109;

    φάρεα καὶ πλοκάμους E.IT 1150

    (lyr.);

    κόσμον σώμασιν Id.HF 334

    ;

    κύκλον ὅσον περιβάλλεται αἰθήρ Hermesian.7.87

    ; freq. of defences,

    τεῖχος καὶ σωτηρίην περιβαλέσθαι τοῖς τε χρήμασι καὶ τοῖς σώμασιν Democr.280

    ; also

    ὅταν περιβάλωνται χειρις μοὺς παραλλάττοντας Phld.Rh.1.8

     S.;

    π. ἕρκος ἔρυμα τῶν νεῶν Hdt.9.96

    ;

    τείχεα Id.1.141

    , cf. 6.46, Th.1.8 ;

    ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐρύματα περιβάλλονται X.Mem.2.1.14

    ;

    Πελοποννήσῳ π. ἓν τεῖχος Arist.Pol. 1276a27

    ; λιμένι τεῖχος, χάρακα τῇ παρεμβολῇ, Plb.4.65.11, 5.20.5 ; also περὶ τὴν Πελοπόννησον τεῖχος π. Lys.2.45: c. dupl. acc., τεῖχος περιβαλέσθαι πόλιν build a wall round it, Hdt.1.163 : in [tense] pf. [voice] Pass., have a thing put round one, Pl.Smp. 216d ; τὸ τεῖχος περιβεβλημένος having his wall around him, encompassed by it, Id.Tht. 174e, cf. Arist.Pol. 1331a8.
    2 metaph., put round or upon a person, i. e. invest him with it, π. τινὶ ἀγαθόν (i. e. βασιληΐην), τυραννίδα, Hdt.1.129, E. Ion 829 ;

    π. σωτηρίαν [τισί] Id.HF 304

    ;

    ὕδασι δουλείαν Id.Ph. 189

     (lyr.);

    οἶκτον Id.IA 934

    ; τινὶ π. ἀνανδρίαν, i.e. make him faint-hearted, Id.Or. 1031; π. τὴν αἰτίαν τῷ ἰατρῷ impute blame to.., Pall.in Hp.12.283 C.:—[voice] Pass., c. acc., to be involved in,

    μεγίστην ζημίαν τὸ ταμεῖον περιβληθήσεται SIG888.87

     (Scaptopara, iii A. D.).
    II reversely c. dat. rei, surround, encompass with.., περιβαλεῖν πλῆθος τῶν ἰχθύων (sc. τῷ ἀμφιβλήστρῳ) Hdt.1.141;

    βρόχῳ π. τὸν αὐχένα Id.4.60

     (tm.); [Βόσπορον] πέδαις π. A.Pers. 748;

    π. τινὰ ὑφάσματι E.Or.25

    ;

    δοραῖσι σῶμα Id.Cyc. 330

     ; π. τινὰ χερσί embrace, Id.Or. 372 :—[voice] Med., surround or enclose for one's advantage or defence,

    τὴν νῆσον π. τείχει Pl.Criti. 116a

    ;

    χωρίον X.Cyr.6.3.30

    ; π. θύννους net them, Arist.HA 537a20, cf. 533b25.
    2 metaph., π. τινὰ κακῷ, συμφοραῖς, involve one in evil or calamity, E.Or. 906, Antipho 3.2.12 ;

    ἀνηκέστοις πόλιν συμφοραῖς And.1.142

    , cf. Lys.4.20;

    ὀνείδει D.22.35

    ; π. τινὰ φυγῇ, i.e. banish him, Plu.2.775c;

    τινὰ κλοπῆς καταδίκῃ Id.Arist.4

     :— [voice] Pass., [ συμφοραῖς] Phld.Piet. 35b.
    III c. acc. only, encompass, surround, περιβάλλει με σκότος, νέφος, E.Ph. 1453, HF 1140 ; π. ἀλλήλους embrace each other, X.An.4.7.25, cf. Men.Pk.36, 111; also, clothe, τινα Ev.Matt.25.36; τὸ περιβεβλημένον the space enclosed, enclosure, Hdt.2.91; cf.

    περίβολος 11.2

     :—[voice] Med., ἤλαυνον περιβαλόμενοι [τὰ ὑποζύγια] surrounding them, Id.9.39, cf. X.Cyr.1.4.17.
    2 fetch a compass round, double,

    ἵπποι περὶ τέρμα βαλοῦσαι Il.23.462

     ; esp. of ships, round a cape,

    π. τὸν Ἄθων Hdt.6.44

    ;

    Σούνιον Th.8.95

     : abs., of a hare, double, X.Cyn.5.29, 6.18.
    3 amplify, expand,

    λόγον Hermog.Id.1.4

    , cf. 11: abs., ib.3,al.
    IV [voice] Med., bring into one's power, compass,

    ἰδίῃ π. ἑωυτῷ κέρδεα Hdt.3.71

    ;

    πολλὰ [χρήματα] Id.8.8

    , cf. 7.190; σωφροσύνης δόξαν π. X.Mem.4.2.6;

    τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν πραγμάτων περιβαλλόμενος D.18.231

     ;

    πλῆθος λείας Plb.1.29.7

    , cf. 3.69.7 : [tense] pf. [voice] Pass., to have come into possession of..,

    πόλιν Hdt.6.24

    ;

    δυναστείας Isoc.4.184

    , cf. 2.25.
    2 appropriate mentally, comprehend,

    περιβάλλεσθαι τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰς πράξεις Id.5.118

    ; πολλὰ περιβεβλῆσθαι πράγματα to have aimed at learning many things, Men.683; logically, ξύμπαντα τὰ οἰκεῖα.. γένους τινὸς οὐσίᾳ π. embrace, Pl.Plt. 285b.
    V throw beyond, beat in throwing: hence generally, excel, surpass,

    μνηστῆρας δώροισι Od.15.17

     ; π. ἀρετῇ to be superior in.., Il.23.276.
    VI π. τὸ λουτρόν take a bath, Cass.Pr.5 ; π. πρὸς λουτρόν ibid.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > περιβάλλω

  • 5 ὑπερβάλλω

    ὑπερβάλλω, [tense] fut. -βαλῶ, [dialect] Ep.
    A

    - βαλέω Od.11.597

    : [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. 2

    ὑπειρέβαλον Il.23.637

    :— throw over or beyond a mark, overshoot,

    ὑπέρβαλε σήματα πάντων Il.23.843

    ; τόσσον παντὸς ἀγῶνος (sc. σήματα) ὑπέρβαλε ib. 847; δουρὶ ὑ. Φυλῆα beat him in throwing with it, ib. 637.
    3 intr., run beyond, overrun the scent, of hounds, X.Cyn.6.20.
    4 outstrip or pass, in racing, τινας S.El. 716.
    5 [voice] Med., throw a stone over one's head, SIG 1071 ([place name] Olympia).
    II in various metaph. senses:
    2 go beyond, exceed,

    μήτ' ἄρ' ὑπερβάλλων βοὸς ὁπλὴν μήτ' ἀπολείπων Hes.Op. 489

    ;

    ὑ. πόσιος μέτρον Thgn.479

    ;

    τὴν τοῦ μετρίου φύσιν Pl.Plt. 283e

    ;

    ὑ. τὰ ἱκανά X.Hier.4.8

    : of Time,

    ὑ. ἑκατὸν ἔτεα

     exceed

    100

     years, in age, Hdt.3.23; ὑ. τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας delay longer than.., Hp.VC14; ὑ. τὸν χρόνον exceed the time, i. e. be too late, X.HG5.3.21; ὑ. τὸν καιρόν exceed reasonable bounds, Democr.235, D.23.122: in number, intensity, etc.,

    ἡδοναὶ ὑ. λύπας Pl.Lg. 734b

    , cf. Prt. 356b ([voice] Pass.): c. dat. modi, exceed one in..,

    πάντας ἀνθρώπους τόλμῃ καὶ μιαρίᾳ X.HG7.3.6

    ;

    ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους ὠμότητι D.18.275

    : abs.,

    ὑ. πρὸς ἀρετήν Pl.Lg. 945c

    .
    b c. gen. pro acc.,

    ἆρα λύπῃ ὑ. τὸ ἀδικεῖν τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι; Id.Grg. 475c

    , cf. Lg. 734a;

    ὑ. τῆς συμμετρίας Arist.Pol. 1284b8

    , cf. HA 503b22.
    3 abs., exceed, αἱ μέσαι ἕξεις πρὸς μὲν τὰς ἐλλείψεις ὑπερβάλλουσι compared with their defects are in excess, Id.EN 1108b17; exceed all bounds, A. Pers. 291, E.Ba. 785, Th.7.67, Pl.Tht. 180a; οὐχ ὑπερβαλών keeping within bounds, Pi.N.7.66;

    μή νυν ὑπέρβαλλ', ἀλλ' ἐναισίμως φέρε E. Alc. 1077

    : c. dat. modi,

    ὑ. τῇ μοχθηρίᾳ Ar.Pl. 109

    ;

    ἀδυναμίᾳ τοῦ δοξάσαι Pl.Tht. 192c

    , cf. X.Mem.4.3.7;

    ἀνοίᾳ D.8.16

    .
    b freq. in part. ὑπερβάλλων, ουσα, ον, exceeding, excessive,

    ὑ. δαπάνη X.Hier.11.2

    ; ἡδονή, ἔπαινοι, Pl.R. 402e, Phdr. 240e;

    θεάματα ταῖς δαπάναις ὑ. Isoc.4.45

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 899a; οἱ ὑπερβάλλοντες, opp. οἱ καταδεέστεροι, Isoc.9.13;

    τὰ ὑ.

     an over-high estate,

    E.Med. 127

     (anap.);

    φεύγειν τὰ ὑ. ἑκατέρωσε

     extremes,

    Pl.R. 619a

    ; τὸ ὑ. αὐτῶν such part of them as goes beyond that, Th.2.35; οἱ ὑ. [ λόγοι], title of work by Thrasymachus (Fr. 7), perh. overpowering arguments.
    4 overbid or outbid at auction,

    ἀλλήλους Lys.22.8

    , POxy.1633.5 (iii A. D.); τὸ ὑπερβάλλον the overbid, PPetr.3p.195 (iii B. C.): abs., go on further and further, in making offers, προέβαινε τοῖσι χρήμασι ὑπερβάλλων he went on bidding more and more, Hdt.5.51;

    ᾔτει τοσαῦτα ὑπερβάλλων Th.8.56

    , cf. And.1.133:— [voice] Pass.,

    ἕνεκα τοῦ-βεβλῆσθαι τὴν οἰκίαν POxy.513.25

     (ii A. D.); v. infr. B. 1.3.
    5 Adv.

    ὑπερβαλλόντως

     exceedingly,

    Pl.R. 492b

    , Epicur. Nat.2.2, SIG685.36 (Crete, ii B. C.), Phld.Lib.p.7O., 2 Ep.Cor.11.23; written ὑπερβαλόντως in IG12(7).410.12 ([place name] Amorgos); opp. μετρίως, Isoc.1.28.
    III pass over, cross mountains, rivers, and the like ,

    πρῶνα A.Ag. 307

    ;

    κορυφάς Id.Pr. 722

    ;

    γῆς ὅρους E.Or. 443

    ;

    τὰς Ἄλπεις εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν Str.7.2.3

    : c. gen.,

    θριγκοῦ τοῦδ' ὑ. ποδί E. Ion 1321

     (where Dobree suggested θριγκοὺς τούσδ'): metaph., surmount,

    τάσδ' ὑ. τύχας Id.Alc. 795

    .
    b of ships, double a headland,

    ὑ. Μαλέην Hdt.7.168

    ;

    τὴν ἄκραν Th.8.104

    .
    2 of water, run over, beat over, c. gen.,

    ὑπερβάλλει δὲ θάλασσα ἀμφοτέρων τοίχων Thgn.673

    ; of rivers, overflow,

    τὰς ἀρούρας Hdt.2.111

    : abs., of a kettle, boil over, Id.1.59; of the sea,

    ἢν δ' ὑπερβάλῃ.. πόντος E.Tr. 691

    .
    3 of the sun, to be very hot, Hdt.4.184.
    4 exceed, i. e. overlap, a base, Euc.6.29; cf. ὑπερβολή IV.—Note, the case that follows is almost always the acc.; the gen. occurs in a few exceptional instances, v. supr. 11.2 b, 111.1 and 2.
    B [voice] Med., with [tense] pf. [voice] Pass., = A. 11, outdo, overcome, conquer, τινα Hdt.5.124, Ar.Eq. 758 (lyr.), Nu. 1035;

    τὴν βασιλέος δύναμιν Hdt.8.24

    ;

    μάχῃ ὑ. τινά E.Or. 691

    ;

    φίλτροις ὑ. τινά S.Tr. 584

    , cf. Ar.Eq. 413: abs., to be conqueror, Hdt.6.9, 7.168.
    2 exceed, surpass, τινα D.19.342, etc.;

    τοὺς ἀπ' αἰῶνος OGI542.11

     (Ancyra, ii A. D.);

    πάντας τῷ ὕψεϊ καὶ τῷ μεγάθεϊ Hdt.2.175

    , cf. 110;

    τινὰ ἀναιδείᾳ Ar. Eq. 409

    ; θωπείαις ib. 890;

    εἴς τι Pl.Criti. 115d

    ;

    ἔν τινι Str.1.1.2

    .
    b

    δόσι χρημάτων ὑ.

     surpass all,

    Hdt.1.61

    ;

    ἀρετῇ Id.9.71

    ; ὑπερβαλλόμενος πλήθεϊ with overpowering numbers, Id.3.21: [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass., ὑπερβεβλημένη γυνή an excellent, surpassing woman, E.Alc. 153;

    φύσις ὑπερβεβλ. Pl.R. 558b

    ;

    ταφῆς τῆς μὲν ὑπερβεβλ., τῆς δὲ ἐλλειπούσης Id.Lg. 719d

    : c. gen.,

    γόγγροι τῶν παρ' ἡμῖν ὑπερβεβλ. κατὰ τὸ μέγεθος Str.3.2.7

    .
    3 overbid, outbid (v. supr. A. 11.4),

    τινὰ χρήμασιν Pl. Phdr. 232c

    , cf. X.Cyr.5.3.32.
    4 outflank,

    τὸ κέρας τῶν πολεμίων Ascl.Tact.10.2

    , cf.18.
    II put off, postpone,

    τὴν ἀπόδοσιν Hdt.4.9

    ;

    τὴν συμβολήν Id.9.45

    ;

    εἰς ἄλλον καιρόν Phld.Rh.1.223S.

    ; but ἢν ὑπερβάλωνται ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν.. συμβολὴν μὴ ποιεύμενοι if they let that day pass without fighting, Hdt.9.51: abs., delay, linger, Id.3.71,76, 7.206;

    εἰς αὖθις ὑπερβαλέσθαι Pl.Phdr. 254d

    , cf. Arist.Rh.Al. 1420a8, 1438b6.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπερβάλλω

  • 6 ἕλκω

    ἕλκω impf. εἷλκον, ἧλκον (ApcMos; GJs, s. deStrycker 241f); fut. ἑλκύσω; 1 aor. εἵλκυσα; aor. pass. 3 sg. εἱλκύσθη Da 4:17a; for the forms w.-υ-s. Mlt-H. 236; B-D-F §101 p. 45 (Hom.; Pherecyd. 26; ins, pap, LXX; TestSol 26:9 H; JosAs; ParJer 4:6; ApcMos 38; Joseph., Just., Mel., P. 56, 409) gener. ‘pull, drag, draw’.
    ① to move an object from one area to another in a pulling motion, draw, with implication that the object being moved is incapable of propelling itself or in the case of pers. is unwilling to do so voluntarily, in either case with implication of exertion on the part of the mover τὶ someth. a sword (Soph., Ant. 1233; Libanius, Or. 13 p. 73, 5 F. ξίφος) J 18:10; haul a net 21:6, 11. ἧλκεν τὴν πορφύραν (Mary) stretched (i.e. in a tugging motion) the purple (garment) GJs 11:1; ἔστρωσεν τὸν ὸ̓νον … καὶ ἧλκεν ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ (Joseph) saddled the ass … and his son guided it 17:2. τινά someone (Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 14 τινὰ εἰς; Achilles Tat. 7, 15, 4 εἷλκόν με εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον, with ref. in the context to resistance; Jos., Bell. 1, 591 τινὰ εἰς.—Also Clearchus, Fgm. 73; Diod S 14, 5, 3 ἕ. τινὰ ἐπὶ τὸν θάνατον) ἔξω τ. ἱεροῦ drag someone out of the temple Ac 21:30; εἰς τ. ἀγορὰν ἐπὶ τ. ἄρχοντας 16:19 (on the judicial implication s. Reader, Polemo 370); εἰς κριτήρια hale into court Js 2:6 (Herodas 5, 59 ἕ. τινὰ εἰς τὰς ἀνάγκας=to punishment; Just., A II, 12, 4 εἰς βασάνους). οἱ ἕλκοντες ἡμᾶς Ox 654, 10, [οἱ ἕλκον]τες ὑμᾶς 14 (cp. GTh 3; those who mislead us line10, is expanded by Dssm. [LO 365=LAE 427] w. εἰς τὰ κριτήρια; difft. by others. Actually nothing need be supplied, since ἕ. τινά means pull or tug someone back and forth, mistreat someone [Libanius, Or. 58 p. 183, 20 F. ἕλκων κάπηλον; cp. Jos., Bell. 1, 338 εἷλκεν τοὺς ἔνδοθεν]). Of stones ἐκ τοῦ βυθοῦ ἑλκομένους which were dragged out of the deep Hv 3, 2, 6; 3, 5, 2.
    ② to draw a pers. in the direction of values for inner life, draw, attract, an extended fig. use of mng. 1 (Pla., Phdr. 238a; Epict. 2, 20, 15 ἡ φύσις ἕλκει; Aelian, NA 4, 13; Porphyr., Marc. 16 μόνη ἡ ἀρετὴ τ. ψυχὴν ἄνω ἕλκει καὶ πρὸς τὸ συγγενές; Jer 38:3; SSol 1:4; 4 Macc 14:13; 15:11; Jos., Ant. 15, 27; Ath. 26, 1 περὶ τὰ εἴδωλα) J 6:44. ἕλκ. πρός with acc. (Hierocles 25 p. 477 it is said of God ἑλκύσαι πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους; Ath., R. 75, 20 ἑλκούσης … ἐπιθυμίας πρὸς τροφήν): πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 12:32.
    ③ to appear to be pulled in a certain direction, flow an ext. fig. use intr. flow along of a river ἦν ποταμὸς ἕλκων ἐκ δεξιῶν a river flowed along on the right B 11:10 (cp. Da 7:10 Theod.; TestSol 26:9 H).—B. 571. DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἕλκω

  • 7 εἰμί

    εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.
    ① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).
    ② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.
    ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.
    ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.
    ⓒ in explanations:
    α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.
    β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.
    ③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be
    ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.
    ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.
    ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.
    ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).
    ④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.
    ⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.
    ⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.
    ⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).
    ⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.
    ⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.
    ⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.
    ⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).
    ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.
    ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).
    α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).
    β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.
    γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).
    ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).
    ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.
    ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.
    ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

  • 8 διαλλάσσω

    διαλλ-άσσω, [dialect] Att. [suff] διάλλ-ττω, [tense] fut. - ξω: [tense] pf.
    A

    διήλλαχα Dionys.Com.

     (v. infr.), A.D.Synt.70.11.
    I [voice] Med., interchange,

    τὰς τάξεις Hdt.9.47

    , cf. Pi.O.11(10).21: abs., make an exchange, X.Cyr.8.3.32, Test.Epict.2.14.
    II exchange, i.e.,
    2 take in exchange, δ. ἀετοῦ βίον take an eagle's life for one's own, Pl.R. 620b;

    ἐσθῆτα τῇ συμφορᾷ πρέπουσαν Plu.Cic.19

    ; δ. Μακεδονίαν change one land for another, i.e. pass through a land, X.HG4.3.3 (also abs.,

    ἐξ ἄλλης εἰς ἄλλην πόλιν δ. Pl. Sph. 223d

    ):—[voice] Med.,

    τι ἀντί τινος D.H.2.3

    .
    3 simply, change, alter,

    κελεύθους Emp.35.15

    ;

    τοὺς ναυάρχους X.HG1.6.4

    ;

    τοὺς λόγους Arist. Rh.Al. 1434a38

    .
    4 abs., change, alter, Emp.17.12;

    δ. ἀπ' ἀλλήλων

     to be discordant,

    Hp.Vict.1.6

    ; διαλλάττοντας different, opp. ὁμοίους, Phld.Sign.3, al.
    b depart this life, die, Lycurg.Fr.33, Corn.ND 35.
    5 change money,

    δ. τὸ δηνάριον OGI484.10

     (ii A.D.).
    III esp. change enmity for friendship, reconcile one to another,

    τινά τινι Th.2.95

    , 6.47, etc.;

    πόλεις πρὸς ἀλλήλας Isoc.5.111

    : most freq.c. acc. pl. only, E.Ph. 436, Antipho6.39, Test. ap. D.59.47, D.24.91: rarely c. acc. sg., make it up with one,

    διαλλάξεις με φιλάσας Theoc.23.42

    :—[voice] Pass. with [tense] fut.

    διαλλαχθήσομαι Ar.V. 1395

    , etc.;

    διαλλαγήσομαι Pl.R. 471a

    : [tense] pf.

    διήλλαγμαι A.Th. 885

    (lyr.): [tense] aor.

    - ηλλάχθην Ar.Lys. 900

    , - ηλλάγην ib. 1161:—to be reconciled, to be made friends, A.l.c., Pl. Prt. 346b, etc.;

    τοῖς ἀποστᾶσι Isoc.9.63

    ;

    πρός τινα περί τινος Id.3.33

    ;

    τῆς πρόσθεν ἔχθρας ἐς φίλους E.Med. 896

    , cf. And.2.26.
    IV intr., c. dat. pers. et acc. rei, differ from one in a thing,

    εἶδος δ. οὐδὲν τοῖσι ἑτέροισι Hdt.7.70

    ;

    δ. ταῖς ἡλικίαις Arist.EN 1161a5

    ;

    κλήσει, οὐ φύσει D.H.1.29

    ;

    πρός τινα Aristid.Or.36(48).16

    : also c. gen. pers.,

    δ. τινός τινι Plb.2.37.11

    ;

    ἔν τινι Luc.Pisc.23

    : abs.,

    πολὺ διήλλαχεν Dionys.Com.2.10

    ;

    τὸ διαλλάσσον τῆς γνώμης Th.3.10

    : [tense] pf. part. διηλλαχώς differing, τῇ ἐγκλίσει A.D.l.c.
    2 excel,

    πολὺ δ. τῇ ἀρετῇ Arist.EN 1165b24

    ;

    τινῶν τῷ μεγέθει D.S.1.35

    , D.H.Th.51:— so,
    V [voice] Pass., to be different,

    τοῖς εἴδεσι διηλλαγμένα Th.3.82

    ;

    πρὸς τὸν καιρόν Luc.Salt.19

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διαλλάσσω

  • 9 ζηλόω

    I c. acc. pers., vie with, emulate, τινα Th.2.37, Pl.R. 553a, Michel 1007.29 (Teos, ii B.C.):—[voice] Pass., Phld.Rh.1.125S., etc.: c.acc. rei, Th.2.64; in bad sense, to be jealous of, envy,

    ζηλοῖ δέ τε γείτονα γείτων Hes.Op.23

    , cf. h.Cer. 168, 223, Theoc.6.27;

    τὴν αὑτοῦ γυναῖκα LXXSi.9.1

    : abs., to be jealous, 1 Ep.Cor.13.4;

    ζηλώσαντες

     through jealousy,

    Act.Ap.7.9

    .
    b c. acc. pers., to be jealous for, LXXNu.11.29.
    2 esteem or pronounce happy, admire, praise, τινά τινος one for a thing, S.El. 1027, Isoc.4.91;

    ζηλῶ σε τῆς εὐβουλίας Ar.Ach. 1008

     (lyr.);

    τῆς εὐγλωττίας Id.Eq. 837

    ;

    τῆς εὐτυχίας τὸν πρέσβυν Id.V. 1450

     (lyr.);

    τοῦ πλούτου X.Smp.4.45

    ;

    τινὰ ἐπί τισι IG 12(5).860.47

     (Tenos, i B.C.): more rarely,

    ζ. τινά τι S.Aj. 552

    ; ζ. σε ὁθούνεκα .. A.Pr. 332; τὴν πόλιν, ὅτι .. X.HG6.5.45; πολλά σε ζηλῶ βίου, μάλιστα δ' εἰ .. S.Fr. 584: c. part.,

    σε ζ. θανόντα πρὶν κακῶν ἰδεῖν βάθος A.Pers. 712

     (troch.), cf.E.Or. 521: iron., ζηλῶ σε happy in your ignorance! Id.Med.60;

    ὑμῶν οὐ ζηλοῦμεν τὸ ἄφρον Th.5.105

    :—[voice] Pass., to be deemed fortunate,

    ὑπό τινων Pl.Phdr. 232a

    .
    II c. acc.rei, desire emulously, strive after, affect,

    ὁ μὲν δόξης ἐπιθυμεῖ καὶ τοῦτ' ἐζήλωκε D.2.15

    ;

    ἀρετήν Id.20.141

    ;

    ἀστρολογίαν Epicur.Ep.2p.53U.

    ;

    μάθησιν PSI1.94.9

     (ii A.D.);

    πίστιν Cod.Just.1.1.3.2

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    ἡ ἀρετὴ ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζηλοῦται Lys.2.26

    ;

    τὰ ζηλούμενα Arist.Rh. 1360b34

    .
    III also of persons, pay zealous court to, Ep.Gal.4.17:—[voice] Pass., ib.18.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ζηλόω

  • 10 νικάω

    νῑκάω, [dialect] Ion. [full] νικέω Democr.249, Herod.1.51, also GDI1413.16 (Aetol.), SIG265.4 (Delph., iv B.C.), v.l. in Apoc.2.7; [dialect] Aeol. [full] νίκημι Theoc.7.40, AP7.743 (Antip.); also in [tense] impf. νίκη cj. in Pi.N.5.5, cf. Theoc.6.46: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf. [ per.] 1pl.
    A

    νικάσκομεν Od.11.512

    : [tense] fut. -ήσω, later

    - ήσομαι Hierocl.Facet.205

    ; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 2sg. νικαξῇ v.l. in Theoc.21.32: [tense] pf. νενίκηκα, etc.: ([etym.] νίκη):
    I abs., conquer, prevail in battle, in the games, or in any contest, Il.3.439, etc.; ὁ νικήσας the conqueror, ib. 138, X.Smp.5.9, etc.; ὁ νικηθείς the conquered, Il.23.656, 663; ἐνίκησα καὶ δεύτερος καὶ τέταρτος ἐγενόμην I won the first prize [at Olympia], etc., Th.6.16, cf. Isoc.16.33: [tense] pres.freq. in sense, to be (or be proclaimed) conqueror, Pi.O.9.112, 13.30, cf. X.Cyr.8.2.27, An.2.1.1; νικᾶν πᾶσι τοῖς κριταῖς or ἑνὶ κριτῇ in their opinion, Ar.Av. 445, 447; πολὺ ν. win a decisive victory, Th.7.34, etc.;

    τὰ πάντα ν. X.An.

     l.c.: freq. c. dat. modi, πυγμῇ in boxing, Il.23.669;

    ναυμαχίῃ Hdt.7.10

    .β';

    ἵππῳ Id.6.122

    ;

    μάχῃ E.Ph. 1143

    , etc.;

    ἵππῳ ἢ συνωρίδι ἢ ζεύγει Pl.Ap. 36d

    ;

    λαμπάδι And.4.42

    , etc.: c. acc. cogn. in same sense, πάντα ἐνίκα he won all the bouts, Il.4.389, 5.807; τὰ κοῦφα, τὰ μείζοναν., E.Alc. 1029, 1031;

    τῶν παλαισμάτων ἓν ν. Pl.Phdr. 256b

    ;

    ἅρμα ν. Pi.I.4(3).25

    ;

    παγκράτιον Th.5.49

    ; ναυμαχίαν, μάχας, Id.7.66, Isoc.12.257, etc.: freq. ν. Ὀλύμπια to be conqueror in the Olympian games, Th.1.126;

    τὠλύμπια Timocl.8.17

    ;

    τὰ Παναθήναια Pl. Ion 530b

    ;

    ν. Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33

     (also

    ν. Ὀλυμπίασιν Pl.Ap. 36d

    ;

    ἐν Πυθίοισι Pi.N.2.9

    ): c. dat. et acc.,

    τὰ Πύθια τῷ τεθρίππῳ ν. D.59.33

    ; πολλοὺς ἀγῶνας οὐ παγκρατίῳ μόνον, κτλ., Plu.2.811d; Ὀλυμπίασι παῖδας στάδιον ν. conquer in the boys' race in the stadium at Olympia, D.58.66: c. dupl. acc., Πύθια ν. ἄνδρας Diog.Cyn. ap. D.L.6.33: also in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. c. gen.,

    Λεωντὶς ἀνδρῶν ἐνίκα IG2.1291

    , al.: generally c. acc. cogn., νίκην ν. win a victory, E.Supp. 1060, Pl.R. 465d, etc. (cf. infr. 11); also ν. τρίποδα win it, Simon.147.
    2 prevail, be superior, μύθοισιν, ἔγχεϊ, Il.18.252;

    δόλοισι Od.3.121

    ; κάλλει ἐνίκα (sc. κρητήρ) Il.23.742;

    πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν νενικηκώς Pl.Lg. 964c

    : c. part.,

    εὐεργετῶν ν. X.Ages.9.7

    .
    3 of opinions, etc., βουλὴ κακὴ νίκησεν the evil counsel prevailed, Od. 10.46;

    τὰ χερείονα νικᾷ Il.1.576

    , Od.18.404;

    ἐνίκα ἡ γνώμη Hdt.5.36

    , cf. Th.2.12, etc.;

    ἡ νικῶσα βουλή E.Med. 912

    ; ἐκ τῆς νικώσης [γνώμης] according to the prevailing opinion, vote of the majority, X.An.6.1.18, 6.2.12;

    ταῦτ' ἐνίκα S.Ant. 274

    ;

    νικᾷ πάσαισι ταῖς ψήφοις ὁ νόμος

     is carried,

    Pl.Lg. 801a

    ;

    σὺν ψάφῳ τᾷ νικεούσᾳ SIG265.4

     (Delph., iv B.C.): freq. of orators,

    νικᾷ.. ὁ κακὸς ἐν πλήθει λέγων E.Or. 944

    ;

    ν. γνώμῃσι Hdt.3.82

     (so γνώμῃ, v.l. γνώμην, Id.1.61, cf.Ar.V. 594): freq. impers., ἐνίκα (sc. ἡ γνώμη) it was resolved, c. inf., ἐνίκα μὴ ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν πόλιν it was carried not.., Hdt.6.101;

    τέλος γε μέντοι δεῦρ' ἐνίκησεν μολεῖν S.Ant. 233

    , etc.; ἐνίκησε.. λοιμὸν εἰρῆσθαι it was the prevailing opinion that.., Th.2.54; ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ νικᾷ ζῆν it is preferable.., Pl.Plt. 303b.
    4 c. inf., succeed in..,

    ἐνίκησε σκορπίσαι Psalm.Solom.4.13

    .
    5 as law-term, ν. τὴν δίκην win one's cause, E.El. 955, cf. Ar.V. 581; simply

    νικᾶν GDI5011.11

     ([place name] Gortyn), Arist.Ath.42.1, Rh.Al. 1433a6, PHal.1.58 (iii B.C.), etc.;

    νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε Ep.Rom.3.4

    :—[voice] Pass., c. gen.,

    αἴ κα νικαθῇ τῶν ἐνεχύρων Schwyzer 177.9

     (Crete, v B.C.); v. infr. 11.
    II c. acc., conquer, vanquish,

    Ἕκτορα Il.7.192

    , etc.: freq. c. dat. modi,

    μάχῃ ν. Ἀχαιούς 16.79

    ;

    ἀγορῇ ν. υἷας Ἀχαιῶν 2.370

    ;

    πόδεσσι δὲ πάντας ἐνίκα 20.410

    ;

    κάλλει ἐνίκων φῦλα γυναικῶν 9.130

    ; πάντα ν. ἄνδρα.. κακοῖσιν surpass him in miseries, E.Hec. 659;

    ν. τινὰ ἔν τινι Pl.Smp. 213e

    , etc.; μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λόγον excels the whole account, S.OC 1224 (lyr.);

    νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν Ep.Rom.12.21

    : c. acc. cogn.,

    μάχην ν. τινά Isoc. 8.58

    , Aeschin.3.181, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἔστιν ἃ τῶν ἄθλων δὶς ἕκαστος ἐνικήθη X.HG4.5.2

    : c. part.,

    ν. ἀλεξόμενός τινα Id.An.1.9.11

    , etc.
    b as law-term (cf. 1.5),

    νίκης τήν μιν ἐγὼ νίκησα Od.11.545

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    ἧ δέ κα νικαθῇ Leg.Gort.1.23

    , al.; also of objects in dispute, damages, etc., recover, ib.1.28, al.:—[voice] Pass., to be assigned, adjudicated, ib.1.55.
    2 generally, overpower, esp. of passions, etc.,

    νόον νίκησε νεοίη Il.23.604

    ;

    μὴ φόβος σὲ νικάτω φρένας A.Eu.88

    , cf. 133;

    [φύσις] νικᾷ τῷ ἥσσονι τὸ μεῖζον τῆς ἐλπίδος Democr.176

    ; βαρεῖαν ἡδονὴν νικᾶτέ με grievous is the pleasure ye win prevailing over me, S.OC 1204: c. inf., μηδ' ἡ βία σε.. νικησάτω τοσόνδε μισεῖν let not violence prevail on thee to.., Id.Aj. 1334: with gen. of comparison, νικᾷ γὰρ ἁρετή με τῆς ἔχθρας πολύ weighs with me more than enmity, from the compar. force in νικᾷ, ib. 1357 codd.
    3 [voice] Pass., to be vanquished, Hom. only in part. νικηθείς (v. supr. 1.1); νικᾶσθαι ὕπνῳ, κέρδεσιν, A.Ag. 291, 342;

    ἡδονῇ S.El. 1272

    ;

    συμφορᾷ E.Med. 1195

    ; also

    ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ Th.2.51

    ;

    πρὸς ἱμέρου S.Fr.932.4

    , etc.: sts. c. gen.,

    ἱμέρου νικώμενος A.Supp. 1005

    ;

    αὐτῆς <τε> τῆς δίκης.. αὐτοῦ τε τοῦ ἀληθοῦς νικᾶσθαι Antipho 5.87

    : freq. of persons, νικᾶσθαί τινος, with gen. of comparison, to be inferior, yield to, S.Aj. 1353, E.Med. 315, Cyc. 454; ξείνων νενίκανται θύραι the doors give way to the guests, Pi.N.9.2;

    ἢν τοῦτο νικηθῇς ἐμοῦ Ar.Nu. 1087

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > νικάω

  • 11 ψυχή

    ψῡχ-ή, ἡ,
    A life,

    λύθη ψ. τε μένος τε Il.5.296

    , etc.;

    ψ. τεκαὶ αἰών 16.453

    , cf. Od.9.523;

    θυμοῦ καὶ ψ. Il.11.334

    , Od.21.154;

    λαυκανίην, ἵνα τε ψυχῆς ὤκιστος ὄλεθρος Il.22.325

    ; ψυχὰς παρθέμενοι at hazard of their lives, Od.3.74,9.255;

    αἰεὶ ἐμὴν ψ. παραβαλλόμενος Il.9.322

    ; λίσσου' ὑπὲρ ψ. καὶ γούνων by your life, 22.338; so

    ἀντὶ ψ. S.OC 1326

    : but περὶ ψ. to save their life, Od.9.423;

    περί τε ψυχέων ἐμάχοντο 22.245

    ;

    περὶ ψ. θέον Ἕκτορος Il.22.161

    ;

    τρέχων περὶ τῆς ψ. Hdt.9.37

    ;

    τῆς ἐμῆς περὶ ψ. A.Eu. 115

    , cf. E.Hel. 946, Heracl. 984;

    περὶ ψ. κινδυνεύων Antipho 2.1.4

    , cf. Th. 8.50;

    ἁγὼν.. σῆς ψ. πέρι S.El. 1492

    , cf. E.Ph. 1330, Or. 847, X.Cyr.3.3.44;

    τὸν περὶ ψ. δρόμον δραμεῖν Ar.V. 375

     (lyr.);

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι περὶ τῆς ψ. X.Eq.Mag.1.19

    ; ὃ ἂν θέλῃ, ψυχῆς ὠνεῖται [θυμός] in exchange for life, Heraclit.85;

    τῆς ψ. πρίασθαί τι X.Cyr.3.1.36

    ;

    τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψ. αὐτοῦ; Ev.Marc.8.37

    . In early poets:

    ψυχὰν ἀποπνεῖν Simon.52

    ;

    ψυχὰς ἔχοντες κυμάτων ἐν ἀγκάλαις Archil.23

    ;

    ψυχέων φειδόμενοι Tyrt.10.14

    ;

    θειδωλὴν ψ. θέμενος Sol.13.46

    ;

    ψυχῆς εἵνεκα καὶ βιότου Thgn.730

    ;

    ψυχὰν Ἀΐδᾳ τελέων Pi.I.1.68

    ;

    ψυχὰς βαλον Id.O.8.39

    ;

    χαλκῷ ἀπὸ ψυχὴν ἀρύσας Emp.138

    ;

    τοὐμὸν ἐκπίνουσ' ἀεὶ ψυχῆς ἄκρατον αἷμα S.El. 786

    ; τῆς ἐμῆς ψ. γεγώς ib. 775;

    τὴν ψ. ἐκπίνουσιν Ar.Nu. 712

     (anap.);

    ψ. ἀφήσω E.Or. 1171

    ;

    ψ. σέθεν ἔκτεινε Id.Tr. 1214

    ;

    ψ. παραιτέεσθαι Hdt.1.24

    ; ποινὴν τῆς Αἰσώπου ψ. satisfaction for the life of A., Id.2.134;

    ψυχῆς ἀποστερῆσαί τινα Antipho 4.1.6

    , cf. Th.1.136, etc.;

    τὴν ψ. ἢ τὴν οὐσίαν ἢ τὴν ἐπιτιμίαν τινὸς ἀφελόμενος Aeschin.2.88

    ;

    τὸ τῆς ψ. ἀπαιτηθεὶς χρέος LXX Wi.15

    . 8, cf. Ev.Luc.12.20;

    ζητοῦσι τὴν ψ. μου LXX 3 Ki.19.10

    , cf. Ev.Matt. 2.20;

    τὴν ψ. αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων Ev.Jo.10.11

    , etc.; δεῖρον ἄχρις ἡ ψ... ἐπὶ χειλέων λειφθῇ within an inch of his life, Herod.3.3:—the phrase ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τὴν ψ. ἔχοντα taking his life in his hands, is prob. f.l. in Xenarch.4.20;

    ἡ ψ. μου ἐν ταῖς χερσί [σου] διὰ πάντος LXX Ps.118(119).109

    , cf. 1 Ki.19.5, 28.21, al.; of life in animals, Od.14.426, Hes.Sc. 173, Pi.N.1.47, etc.;

    τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα, ὅσα ψ. ἔχει Anaxag.4

    , cf. 12;

    πάντων τῶν ζῴων ἡ ψ. τὸ αὐτό, ἀήρ Diog.

     Apoll.5 (cf. infr. IV. 1); ἡ φύσις τοιαύτη πάντων ὅσσα ψ. ἔχει Democrit.278; ἐπῴζει καὶ ποιεῖ ψ. ἔχειν (of incubation) Epich.172; [

    ἑρπετὸν] ὃ ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ ψ. ζωῆς LXX Ge.1.30

    ; ἡ ψ. πάσης σαρκὸς αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ib.Le.17.11, cf. De.12.23.
    2 metaph. of things dear as life,

    χρήματα γὰρ ψ... βροτοῖσι Hes.Op. 686

    ;

    πᾶσι δ' ἀνθρώποις ἄρ' ἦν ψ. τέκν' E.Andr. 419

    ;

    τἀργύριόν ἐστιν αἷμα καὶ ψ. βροτοῖς Timocl.35

    ; so as an endearing name, Hld.1.8, al.;

    ζωὴ καὶ ψ. Juv.6.195

    ;

    ψ. μου Mart.10.68

    .
    II in Hom., departed spirit, ghost (

    ὑποτίθεται [Ὅμηρος] τὰς ψ. τοῖς εἰδώλοις τοῖς ἐν τοῖς κατόπτροις φαινομένοις ὁμοίας.. ἃ καθάπαξ ἡμῖν ἐξείκασται καὶ τὰς κινήσεις μιμεῖται, στερεμνιώδη δὲ ὑπόστασιν οὐδεμίαν ἔχει εἰς ἀντίληψιν καὶ ἁφήν Apollod.

     Hist.Fr. 102(a)J.);

    ψ. Πατροκλῆος.. πάντ' αὐτῷ.. ἐϊκυῖα Il.23.65

    : freq. in Od.11, ψ. Ἀγαμέμνονος, Ἀχιλῆος, etc., 387, 467, al.;

    ψ. καὶ εἴδωλον Il.23.104

    , cf. 72, Od.24.14;

    ψ. κατὰ χθονὸς ᾤχετο τετριγυῖα Il.23.100

    ; ψυχὰς ἡρώων, opp. αὐτούς, 1.3, cf. Hes.Sc. 151;

    ψυχαὶ δ' Ἄϊδόσδε κατῆλθον Il.7.330

    ;

    ψ. δὲ κατ' οὐταμένην ὠτειλὴν ἔσσυτ' ἐπειγομένη 14.518

    ; sts. hardly dist. from signf. 1,

    ἅμα ψ. τε καὶ ἔγχεος ἐξέρυσ' αἰχμήν 16.505

    ; in swoons it leaves the body,

    τὸν δὲ λίπε ψ. 5.696

    ; so in later writers (seldom in Trag.),

    σὺν Ἀγαμεμνονίᾳ ψυχᾷ Pi.P.11.21

    ; ἑὰν ψυχὰν κομίξαι ib.4.159, cf. N.8.44;

    αἱ ψ. ὀσμῶνται καθ' Ἅιδην Heraclit.98

    ;

    πέμψατ' ἔνερθεν ψυχὴν ἐς φῶς A.Pers. 630

     (anap.);

    ποτωμένην ψ. ὑπὲρ σοῦ E.Or. 676

    , cf. Fr. 912.9 (anap.);

    τὰς τῶν κεκμηκότων ψ., αἷς ἐστιν ἐν τῇ φύσει τῶν αὑτῶν ἐκγόνων κήδεσθαι Pl.Lg. 927b

    ; ψ. σοφαί, perh. 'wise ghosts', Ar.Nu. 94;

    δὶς ἀποθανουμένη ψ. Anon.

     ap. Plu.2.236d.
    III the immaterial and immortal soul, first in Pindar,

    ἐς τὸν ὕπερθεν ἅλιον κείνων.. ἀνδιδοῖ [Φερσεφόνα] ψυχὰς πάλιν Fr. 133

    , cf. Pl.Men. 81b;

    εἰπόντες ὡς ἀνθρώπου ψ. ἀθάνατός ἐστι Hdt.2.123

    ;

    ἀγένητόν τε καὶ ἀθάνατον ψ. Pl.Phdr. 246a

    , cf. Phd. 70c, al.;

    ἀθάνατος ἡμῶν ἡ ψ. καὶ οὐδέποτε ἀπόλλυται Id.R. 608d

    ;

    ἁψ. τῷ σώματι συνέζευκται καὶ καθάπερ ἐν σάματι τέθαπται Philol.14

    , cf. Pl.Cra. 400c: hence freq. opp.

    σῶμα, ψ. καὶ σῶμα X.Mem.1.3.5

    , cf. An.3.2.20;

    ψ. ἢ σῶμα ἢ συναμφότερον, τὸ ὅλον τοῦτο Pl.Alc.1.130a

    ;

    εἰς θηρίου βίον ἀνθρωπίνη ψ. ἀφικνεῖται καὶ ἐκ θηρίου.. πάλιν εἰς ἄνθρωπον Id.Phdr. 249b

    ;

    κατὰ τοὺς Πυθαγορικοὺς μύθους τὴν τυχοῦσαν ψ. εἰς τὸ τυχὸν ἐνδύεσθαι σῶμα Arist.de An. 407b22

    ;

    οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐπείσθην, ὡς ἡ ψ., ἕως μὲν ἂν ἐν θνητῷ σώματι ᾖ, ζῇ, ὅταν δὲ τούτου ἀπαλλαγῇ, τέθνηκεν X.Cyr.8.7.19

    ;

    ἀνθρώπου γε ψ., ἣ τοῦ θείου μετέχει,.. ὁρᾶται δ' οὐδ' αὐτή Id.Mem.4.3.14

    , cf. Cyr. 8.7.17; αἰθὴρ μὲμ ψυχὰς ὑπεδέξατο, σώ[ματα δὲ χθών] IG12.945 (v B. C.);

    ὁπόταμ ψ. προλίπῃ φάος ἀελίοιο Orph.Fr.32

    f.1;

    ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν ψ., ζῷον ἀθάνατον ἐν θνητῷ καθειργμένον φρουρίῳ Pl.Ax. 365e

    .
    IV the conscious self or personality as centre of emotions, desires, and affections,

    χερσὶ καὶ ψυχᾷ δυνατοί Pi.N.9.39

    ;

    μορφὰν βραχύς, ψυχὰν δ' ἄκαμπτος Id.I.4(3).53(71)

    ;

    ἐνίους τῶν καλῶν τὰς μορφὰς μοχθηροὺς ὄντας τὰς ψ. X.Oec.6.16

    ;

    θνητοῦ σώματος ἔτυχες, πειρῶ τῆς ψ. ἀθάνατον μνήμην καταλιπεῖν Isoc.2.37

    ; opp. material blessings,

    κτεάνων ψ. ἔχοντες κρέσσονας Pi.N.9.32

    ;

    μήτε σωμάτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι μήτε χρημάτων.. οὕτω σφόδρα ὡς τῆς ψ. ὅπως ὡς ἀρίστη ἔσται Pl.Ap. 30b

    , cf. 29e: hence regarded in abstraction,

    τὸ παρεχόμενον ἡμῶν ἕκαστον τοῦτ' εἶναι μηδὲν ἀλλ' ἢ τὴν ψ., τὸ δὲ σῶμα ἰνδαλλόμενον ἡμῶν ἑκάστοις ἕπεσθαι Pl.Lg. 959a

    ;

    ἡ ψ. ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος Id.Alc.1.130c

    ;

    οὐδὲ νῦν τήν γ ἐμὴν ψ. ἑωρᾶτε X.Cyr.8.7.17

    , cf. supr. 111: sts., therefore, distd. from oneself,

    ψ. γὰρ ηὔδα πολλά μοι μυθουμένη S.Ant. 227

    ;

    ἡ ψ. μου πεπότηται Ar.Nu. 319

     (anap.);

    τί ποτ' ἔστι μαθεῖν ἔραται ψ. E.Hipp. 173

     (anap.);

    ἄλλο τι βουλομένη ἑκατέρου ἡ ψ. δήλη ἐστίν Pl.Smp. 192c

    ; οἴμοι ψυχή woe is me! LXX Mi.7.1; καὶ ἐρῶ τῇ ψ. μου, "yuxh/, e)/xeis polla\ a)gaqa/" Ev.Luc.12.19; in periphrases, ψ. Ὀρέστου, = Ὀρέστης, S.El. 1127, al.: but τὴν Φιλοκτήτου ψ. ἐκκλέψεις his wits, Id.Ph.55;

    ἡ δ' ἐμὴ ψ. τέθνηκεν Id.Ant. 559

    , cf. OC 999; so ψυχαί abs., = ἄνθρωποι, ψ. ὀλέσασα A.Ag. 1457 (lyr.); ψ. πολλαὶ ἔθανον many souls perished, Ar.Th. 864;

    πᾶσαι αἱ ψ., υἱοὶ καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες λ γ LXX Ge.46.15

    , cf. Ex.12.4, al.; [

    κιβωτὸς] εἰς ἣν ὀλίγοι, τοῦτ' ἔστιν ὀκτὼ ψ., διεσώθησαν 1 Ep.Pet.3.20

    . In apostrophe,

    μή, φίλα ψ. Pi.P.3.61

    ;

    ὦ μελέα ψ. S.Ph. 712

     (lyr.);

    ὦ ἀγαθὴ καὶ πιστὴ ψ. X.Cyr.7.3.8

    ; in referring to persons,

    ὅταν μεγάλη ψ. φυῇ Pl.R. 496b

     (cf. μεγαλόψυχος) ; καλεῖται γοῦν ἡ ψ. Κρινοκοράκα the creature, Thphr.Char.28.2;

    πάσῃ ψ. τετελευτηκυίᾳ LXX Nu.6.6

    ,11;

    πᾶσα ψ. ὑποτασσέσθω Ep.Rom.13.1

    , etc.: generally, being, ψυχὴ ζῶσα living creature, LXX Ge.1.24, cf. 20(pl.).
    2 of various aspects of the self, ἐν πολέμοιο μάχαις τλάμονι ψ. παρέμειν ) enduring heart, Pi.P.1.48;

    διεπειρᾶτο αὐτοῦ τῆς ψ. Hdt.3.14

    , ἦν ηὰρ.. ψυχὴν οὐκ ἄκρος poor-spirited, Id.5.124;

    ψυχὴν ἄριστε πάντων Ar.Eq. 457

    ;

    καρτερὰν ψ. λαβεῖν Id.Ach. 393

    ;

    κράτιστοι ἂν τὴν ψ. κριθεῖεν Th.2.40

    ;

    τοῖς σώμασι δύνανται τὰς δὲ ψ. οὐκ ἔχουσιν Lys.10.29

    ;

    ὁ γὰρ' λόγχην ἀκονῶν καὶ τὴν ψ. τι παρακονᾷ X.Cyr.6.2.33

    , cf. Oec.21.3.
    3 of the emotional self,

    ὑπείργασμαι μὲν εὖ ψυχὴν ἔρωτι E.Hipp. 505

    , cf. 527 (lyr.);

    πάνυ μου ἡ ψ. ἐπεθύμει X.Oec.6.14

    ;

    τίνα ποτὲ ψ. ἔχων; Lys.32.12

    ; τίν' οἴεσθ' αὐτὴν ψ. ἕξειν, ὅταν ἐμὲ ῒδῃ; how will she feel? D.28.21; μία ψ., prov. of friends, Arist.EN 1168b7; ψ. μία ἤστην prob. in Phryn. PSp.128B.; of appetite,

    ψυχῇ διδόντες ἡδονήν A.Pers. 841

     (s. v.l.), cf. Epich.297, Theocr.16.24;

    λίχνῳ δὲ ὄντι τὴν ψ. Pl.R. 579b

    ;

    τῷ δὲ ἡ ψ. σῖτον μὲν οὐ προσίετο, διψῆν δ' ἐδόκει X.Cyr.8.7.4

    .
    4 of the moral and intellectual self,

    ἀπὸ πάμπαν ἀδίκων ἔχειν ψ. Pi.O. 2.70

    ;

    ψ. τε καὶ φρόνημα καὶ γνώμην S.Ant. 176

    ;

    ἀρκεῖν.. κἀντὶ μυρίων μίαν ψ. τάδ' ἐκτίνουσαν, ἢν εὔνους παρῇ Id.OC 499

    ;

    ψ. γὰρ εὔνους καὶ φρονοῦσα τοὔνδικον Id.Fr. 101

    ;

    ἡ κακὴ σὴ ψ. Id.Ph. 1014

    ;

    ψυχῆς κατήγορος κακῆς X.Oec.20.15

    , cf. Pl.R. 353e;

    ἡ βουλεύσασα ψ. Antipho 4.1.7

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 873a; τὸ σῶμα ἀπειρηκὸς ἡ ψ. συνεξέσωσεν.. διὰ τὸ μὴ ξυνειδέναι ἑαυτῇ the mind conscious of innocence, Antipho 5.93;

    τὸ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι καὶ ἄρχειν καὶ βουλεύεσθαι.. ἐσθ' ὅτῳ ἄλλῳ ἢ ψυχῇ δικαίως ἂν ἀποδοῖμεν; Pl.R. 353d

    ;

    τὴν τῆς ψ. ἐπιμέλειαν X.Mem. 1.2.4

    , Isoc.15.304; τὰ ἐν τῇ ψ. διὰ τὴν παιδείαν ἐγγιγνόμενα ib.290;

    τῆς ψ. ἐξελθούσης, ἐν ᾗ μόνῃ γίγνεται φρόνησις X.Mem.1.2.53

    ;

    νοῦς τε καὶ ψ. Pl.Cra. 400a

    , cf. Phdr. 247c, al.;

    ἐμπαίει τί μοι ψυχῇ σύνηθες ὄμμα S.El. 903

    ;

    ἰδὼν μὲν γνούς τε σῇ ψ., τέκνον E.Tr. 1171

    . Phrases:—

    ἐκ τῆς ψ. φίλος X.An.7.7.43

    ; ἀπὸ τῆς ψ. φιλεῖν with all the heart, Thphr. Char.17.3;

    βόσκοιτ' ἐκ ψυχᾶς τὰς ἀμνάδας Theoc.8.35

    ;

    ὅλῃ τῇ ψ. κεχαρίσθαι τινί X.Mem.3.11.10

    ; οὐκ ἐᾷ ἡμᾶς οὐδὲ ψυχῆς λαχεῖν he won't let us call our soul our own, Phryn.PSp.128B.
    5 of animals, ψ. μεγαλόφρων, of a horse, X.Eq.11.1;

    θηρίων ψ. ἡμεροῦμεν Isoc.2.12

    ; ψ. χηνός, ὀρτυγίου, Eub.101, Antiph.5.
    6 of inanimate things,

    πᾶσα πολιτεία ψ. πόλεώς ἐστιν Isoc.12.138

    , cf. 7.14;

    ἡ τῶνδε τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀρετὴ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἦν ψ. D.60.23

    ;

    οἷον ψ. ὁ μῦθος τῆς τραγῳδίας Arist.Po. 1450a38

    ; also of the spirit of an author, D.H.Lys.11.
    V Philosophical uses:
    1 In the early physicists, of the primary substance, the source of life and consciousness, ὁρίζονται πάντες (sc. οἱ πρότεροι)

    τὴν ψ. τρισίν, κινήσει, αἰσθήσει, τῷ ἀσωμάτῳ Arist.de An. 405b11

    ; τὸν λίθον ἔφη [Θαλῆς] ψ. ἔχειν ὅτι τὸν σίδηρον κινεῖ, of the magnet, ib. 405a20; ψυχῇσιν θάνατος ὕδωρ γενέσθαι, ὕδατι δὲ θάνατος γῆν γενέσθαι, ἐκ γῆς δὲ ὕδωρ γίνεται, ἐξ ὕδατος δὲ ψ. (sc. πῦρ) Heraclit. 36;

    ἡ ψ. πνεῦμα Xenoph.

     ap. D.L.9.19; καρδία ψυχῆς καὶ αἰσθήσιος [ἀρχά] Philol.13;

    τοῦτο [ἀὴρ] αὐτοῖς καὶ ψ. ἐστι καὶ νόησις Diog.

     Apoll.4;

    τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων φύσιν οὐ πιστεύεις Ἀναξαγόρᾳ νοῦν καὶ ψ. εἶναι τὴν διακοσμοῦσαν; Pl.Cra. 400a

    , cf. Arist.de An. 404a25; Δημόκριτος πῦρ τι καὶ θερμόν θησιν αὐτὴν (sc. ψυχὴν) εἶναι ib. 404a1, cf. Resp. 472a4.
    2 the spirit of the universe,

    ψ. εἰς τὸ μέσον [τοῦ κόσμου] θείς Pl.Ti. 34b

    , cf. 30b;

    τὴν τοῦ παντὸς δῆλον ὅτι τοιαύτην εἶναι βούλεται [ὁ Τίμαιος] οἷόν ποτ' ἐστὶν ὁ καλούμενος νοῦς Arist.de An. 407a3

    ; ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ τινὲς [τὴν ψ.] μεμεῖχθαί φασιν, ὅθεν ἴσως καὶ Θαλῆς ᾠήθη πάντα πλήρη θεῶν εἶναι ib. 411a8;

    ὁ κόσμος ψ. ἐστὶν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἡγεμονικόν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.186

    ; ψ. [κόσμου] Plu.2.1013e, cf. M.Ant.4.40;

    ψ. ἐλθοῦσα εἰς σῶμα οὐρανοῦ Plot.5.1.2

    ;

    τόδε τὸ πᾶν ψ. μίαν ἔχον εἰς πάντα αὐτοῦ μέρη Id.4.4.32

    ; περὶ ψυχᾶς κόσμου καὶ φύσιος, title of work by Ti.Locr.
    3 In Pl. the immaterial principle of movement and life,

    ὅταν παρῇ [ψυχὴ] τῷ σώματι, αἴτιόν ἐστι τοῦ ζῆν αὐτῷ Pl.Cra. 399d

    , cf. Def. 411c; [

    ψυχῆς λόγον ἔχομεν] τὴν δυναμένην αὐτὴν αὑτὴν κινεῖν κίνησιν Id.Lg. 896a

    ; μεταβολῆς τε καὶ κινήσεως ἁπάσης αἰτία [ἡ ψ.] ἅπασιν ib. b, cf. 892c; its presence is requisite for thought,

    σοφία καὶ νοῦς ἄνευ ψ. οὐκ ἂν γενοίσθην Id.Phlb. 30c

    , cf. Ti. 30b, Sph. 249a; defined by Arist. as

    οὐσία ὡς εἶδος σώματος φυσικοῦ δυνάμει ζωὴν ἔχοντος de An. 412a20

    ; ἐντελέχεια ἡ πρώτη σώματος φυσικοῦ ὀργανικοῦ ib. 412b5; the tripartite division of

    ψ., οἱ δὲ περὶ Πλάτωνα καὶ Ἀρχύτας καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ Πυθαγόρειοι τὴν ψ. τριμερῆ ἀποφαίνονται, διαιροῦντες εἰς λογισμὸν καὶ θυμὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν Iamb.

     ap. Stob.1.49.34, cf. Pl.R. 439e sqq.; in Arist.

    ἡ ψ. τούτοις ὥρισται, θρεπτικῷ, αἰσθητικῷ, διανοητικῷ, κινήσει· πότερον δὲ τοὔτων ἕκαστόν ἐστι ψ. ἢ ψυχῆς μόριον; de An. 413b11

    , cf. PA 641b4;

    ἡ θρεπτικὴ ψ. Id.de An. 434a22

    , al.; in the Stoics and Epicureans, σῶμα ἡ ψ. Zeno and Chrysipp.Stoic.1.38; of the scala naturae,

    τὰ μὲν ἕξει διοικεῖται, τὰ δὲ φύσει, τὰ δ' ἀλόγῳ ψ., τὰ δὲ καὶ λόγον ἐχούσῃ καὶ διάνοιαν Stoic.2.150

    , cf. M.Ant.6.14;

    ἡ ψ. σῶμά ἐστι λεπτομερές.. προσεμφερέστατον πνεύματι θερμοῦ τινα κρᾶσιν ἔχοντι Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.

    ;

    τέλος.. τὸ μήτε ἀλγεῖν κατὰ σῶμα μήτε ταράττεσθαι κατὰ ψ. Id.Ep.3p.64U.

    ; in the Neo-Platonists characterized by discursive thinking,

    τοὺς λογισμοὺς ψυχῆς εἶναι ἐνεργήματα Plot.1.1.7

    ; related to νοῦς as image to archetype, εἰκών τίς ἐστι νοῦ [ψ.] Id.5.1.3; present in entirety in every part,

    πάρεστι πᾶσα πανταχοῦ ψ. Id.5.1.2

    , cf. 4.7.5;

    φύσις ψ. οὖσα, γέννημα ψυχῆς προτέρας Id.3.8.4

    ; animal and vegetable bodies possess

    οἷον σκιὰν ψυχῆς Id.4.4.18

    ;

    πᾶν σῶμα.. ψυχῆς μετουσίᾳ κινεῖται ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ζῇ διὰ ψ. Procl.Inst.20

    .
    VI butterfly or moth, Arist.HA 551a14, Thphr.HP2.4.4, Plu.2.636c.
    2 τριπόλιον, Ps.-Dsc.4.132.
    VII Psyche, in the allegory of Psyche and Eros, Apul.Metam. bks. 4-6, Aristophontes ap. Fulg.Myth.3.6. (See ancient speculations on the derivation, Pl.Cra. 399d- 400a, Arist.de An. 405b29, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.222; Hom. usage gives little support to the derivation from ψύχω 'blow, breathe';

    τὸν δὲ λίπε ψ. Il.5.696

     means 'his spirit left his body', and so λειποψυχέω means 'swoon', not 'become breathless';

    ἀπὸ δὲ ψ. ἐκάπυσσε Il.22.467

     means 'she gasped out her spirit', viz. 'swooned'; the resemblance of ἄμπνυτο 'recovered consciousness' to ἀμπνέω 'recover breath' is deceptive, v. ἄμπνυτο, ἔμπνυτο: when concrete the Homeric ψ. is rather warm blood than breath, cf. Il.14.518, 16.505, where the ψ. escapes through a wound; cf. ψυχοπότης, ψυχορροφέω, and S.El. 786, Ar.Nu. 712 (v. supr.1).)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ψυχή

  • 12 ὑπολαμβάνω

    ὑπολαμβάνω, also [full] ὑπολάζυμαι (q. v.), late [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] fut.
    A

    - λαμψοῦνται Anon.Oxy.410.99

    :—take up by getting under, as the dolphin did Arion, Hdt.1.24, Pl.R. 453d;

    τοὺς νεοττοὺς ὑ. ἡ φήνη Arist.HA 619b34

    ;

    τὸ κῦμα ὑ. τινά Clearch.73

    ;

    νεφέλη ὑ. τινά Act.Ap.1.9

    .
    b bear up, support, Hdt.4.72;

    ὑ. τοὺς ἐνδεεῖς Str.14.2.5

    , cf. D.S.19.67;

    ὑπέλαβές με πέμψας μοι τὰ κριθάρια BGU48.3

     (ii/iii A. D.).
    2 take up, seize or come suddenly upon,

    ὑπὸ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα Il.3.34

    , Od.18.88; of a storm of wind, Hdt.4.179; of a fit of madness, Id.6.75; of a pestilence, ib.27; of a river taking up earth thrown into it, Id.2.150; of winds taking up water, ib.25; of soldiers marching, δυσχωρία ὑπελάμβανεν αὐτούς, i. e. they came suddenly into difficult ground, X.HG3.5.20: abs.,

    ὑπολαβὼν πυρετός Hp.Epid.5.20

    ; of events, follow next, come next,

    ὑπέλαβε ναυμαχίη καρτερή Hdt.8.12

    , cf. 6.27.
    3 in discourse, take up what is said, interpret or understand it in a certain way,

    ταύτῃ ὑπολαμβάνεις ᾗ ἃν κακουργήσαις μάλιστα τὸν λόγον Pl.R. 338d

    ;

    ὃν μὴ σὺ φράζεις, πῶς ὑπολάβοιμ' ἂν λόγον; E. IA 523

    , cf. Pl.Euthd. 295c; ὑ. τι εἴς τινα understand it of, i. e. apply it to, him, Aeschin.1.157;

    ὥσπερ ὁ ἀκούων ὑ. Arist.Rh. 1412a30

    ; rejoin, retort, Pl.Lg. 875d, D.22.10, etc.;

    πρός τι Th.5.85

    ;

    τιπρός τινας D.20.146

    , cf. 23.93; ὑ. τινὶ ὅτι .. Pl.R. 598d; ὑ. ὡς .. X.Ath.3.12, etc.: c. acc. et inf., reply that.., Th.5.49; ὑπολαμβάνεῖν χρὴ εἰ .. retort by asking whether.., Lys.13.82: abs., in dialogue, ἔφη ὑπολαβών, ὑ. ἔφη, ὑ. εἶπεν, he said in answer, Pl.R. 331d, Hdt.101, Th.3.113, etc.
    b take up, interrupt,

    μεταξὺ ὑ. X.An.3.1.26

    ;

    ἔτι λέγοντος αὐτοῦ ὑ. Id.Cyr.5.5.35

    .
    4 take up the conqueror, fight with him, Th.8.105.
    5 take up a charge, Id.6.28; ὑ. τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τινός take up and turn it to their own use, Luc.Cal.17.
    II = ὑποδέχομαι, receive and protect, ὁ Κῦρος ὑπολαβὼν τοὺς φεύγοντας (the exiles) X.An.1.1.7; admit a visitor, Pl.Smp. 212d; of a doctor, take in hand, treat a patient, Hp. Morb.1.15 ([voice] Pass.).
    2 accept or entertain a proposal, Hdt.1.212, 3.146;

    δυσχερῶς ὑ. D.57.35

    ; μηδεὶς ὑπολάβῃ δυσκόλως ἐὰν .. take it amiss, ib.59.
    III take up a notion, assume, suppose, freq. of an ill-grounded opinion,

    ὑ. θεῖον εἶναι τὸ ἐπαγγελλόμενον Hdt.2.55

    ;

    οὐκ ἂν ὑπέλαβον τοῦτον ἀντειπεῖν Antipho 3.3.2

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 86b, Prt. 343d;

    ἐὰν ὑπολάβῃ.. Ἀθήνῃσιν εἶναι, ὢν ἐν Λιβύῃ Arist.Metaph. 1010b10

    : an Adv. is freq. added to give the word a good sense,

    ὀρθῶς ὑ. Pl.Grg. 458e

    , Arist.EN 1145b21,

    καλῶς Id.Rh. 1404a1

    , etc.;

    βέλτιον ὑπελάβομεν εἶναι πάλιν γράψαι PCair.Zen.36.15

     (iii B. C.): with εἶναι omitted, assume or understand a thing to be so and so, τὰ φύματα τεχνικώτατον ὑπειληφέναι (sc. εἶναι)

    δεῖ δύνασθαι διαλύειν Hp.Medic. 10

    ; τὸ χαλεπὸν κακὸν (sc. εἶναι)

    ὑ. Pl.Prt. 341b

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν Ἔρωτα ἕν τι τῶν ὄντων Id.Phdr. 263d

    ; ὑ. τι ὡς ὂν .. Id.Prm. 134c; τὸν αἰθέρα τῇδέ πῃ ὑ. conceive of the word αἰθήρ somewhat in this way, Id.Cra. 410b;

    οὕτως ὑ. περί τινος Isoc.3.26

    , cf. D.18.269: simply c. acc., καίπερ ὑπειληφὼς ταῦτα though I assume this to be so, Id.19.3, cf. Arist.Metaph. 1005b26;

    τίς σε ἀναγκάσαι δύναται ὑπολαβεῖν τι ὧν οὐ θέλεις; Arr.Epict.2.6.21

    ; ὃ βούλει, ὑπολάμβανε ib.1.10.4;

    ὑ. πλῆθος ὡρισμένον Arist.Metaph. 1073b13

    ; ὑ. ὅτι .. Id.Pol. 1301a25:—[voice] Pass.,

    τοιοῦτος ὑπολαμβάνομαι Isoc.12.5

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1366a26;

    ὑ. μειζόνως ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν Isoc.11.24

    , cf. D.23.6;

    ἡ ὑπειλημμένη ἀρετή Id.14.1

    ; ὅπως ποθ' ὑπείλημμαι περὶ τούτων ἀρκεῖ μοι I am content with whatever opinion of me has been formed in these matters, Id.18.269: c. inf.,

    τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ ἢν ἔχειν ὑπείληψαι παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Isoc. Ep.4.9

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1383b8; ὑπολαμβάνεται δεδωκέναι is understood to have granted, Id.SE 178a20: τὸ ὑποληφθὲν πᾶν, = πᾶσα ὑπόληψις (11), Men.249.7.
    IV draw away, seduce,

    ὑ. μισθῷ μείζονι τοὺς ναυβάτας Th.1.121

    , cf. 143; Κέρκυραν ib.68.
    3 receive, ἀποτίσει.. ὃ ὑπείληφεν.. ἀργυρικὸν κεφάλαιον Mitteis Chr.220.21 (i A. D.), cf. BGU709.19 (ii A. D.).
    V ὑ. ἵππον, as a term of horsemanship, hold up the horse, check him in his course, X.Eq.7.15,9.5.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπολαμβάνω

  • 13 κατά

    κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).
    A. w. the gen.
    ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.
    ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).
    ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.
    ② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.
    ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.
    ⓑ in a hostile sense, against
    α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6
    β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).
    γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.
    B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])
    ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.
    ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.
    ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).
    ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.
    ② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)
    ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).
    ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).
    ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.
    ③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)
    ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.
    ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.
    ④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).
    ⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to
    ⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.
    α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.
    β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.
    γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).
    δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.
    ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).
    α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in general
    β. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).
    ⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.
    ⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as
    ⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.
    ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.
    ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατά

  • 14 παιδεία

    παιδεία, ας, ἡ(παιδεύω; ‘cultural nurture’ Aeschyl., Thu.+)
    ① the act of providing guidance for responsible living, upbringing, training, instruction, in our lit. chiefly as it is attained by discipline, correction (LXX, PsSol; TestZeb 2:3), of the holy discipline of a fatherly God 1 Cl 56:16. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline Hb 12:11. τὰ λόγια τῆς παιδείας τοῦ θεοῦ the oracles of God’s teaching 1 Cl 62:3. ἐκτρέφειν τινὰ ἐν π. καὶ νουθεσίᾳ κυρίου bring someone up in the discipline and instruction of the Lord (=Christian disc. and instr.) Eph 6:4. μισεῖν παιδείαν hate discipline 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:17; cp. Pr 5:12). ὀλιγωρεῖν παιδείας κυρίου Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11). ἀναλαμβάνειν παιδείαν accept correction (cp. λαμβάνειν παιδείαν Pr 8:10; Jer 39:33; 42:13) 1 Cl 56:2. παιδεύειν τινὰ παιδείαν (X., Cyr. 8, 3, 37; Aeschin., Or. 3, 148; Ps.-Demosth. 35, 42; s. also παιδεύω 2a): παιδεύειν τινὰ τὴν π. τοῦ φόβου τοῦ θεοῦ bring someone up with a training that leads to the fear of God 21:6=Pol 4:2. παιδεύειν παιδείᾳ (Pla., Leg. 5 p. 741a; X., Cyr. 1, 1, 6): παιδεύεσθαι παιδείᾳ δικαίᾳ be corrected with just discipline Hv 2, 3, 1. παραδίδοσθαί τινι εἰς ἀγαθὴν π. be handed over to someone for good instruction Hs 6, 3, 6. τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ παιδείας μεταλαμβάνειν share in a Christian upbringing 1 Cl 21:8. ὠφέλιμος πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ useful for training in righteousness 2 Ti 3:16. Of discipline by God (PsSol 7:9 al.; Cyrill. Scyth. p. 38, 8; 23): χωρὶς παιδείας εἶναι be (left) without (divine) discipline Hb 12:8. εἰς παιδείαν ὑπομένετε you must endure (your trials) as (divine) discipline vs. 7 (GBornkamm, Sohnschaft u. Leiden, ’60, 188–98). π. εἰρήνης ἡμῶν ἐπʼ αὐτόν the chastisement that brought peace to us came upon him 1 Cl 16:5 (Is 53:5).
    ② the state of being brought up properly, training (Diod S 12, 13, 4; 12, 20, 1; OGI 504, 8 ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ τε καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ ἀρετῇ; Sir 1:27; Jos., Vi. 196; 359, C. Ap. 1, 73; Just., A I 1, 1 al.; Tat. 12, 5 ἡμετέρας παιδείας al.; Ath.) μὴ ἔχειν παιδείαν have no training Hv 3, 9, 10. The word could have this mng. in some of the places dealt w. under 1.—WJaeger, Paideia I–III ’34–47 (Eng. tr. by GHighet, ’39–44); HvArnim, Leb. u. Werke des Dio v. Prusa mit e. Einleitung: Sophistik, Rhetorik, Philosophie in ihrem Kampf um d. Jugendbildung 1898; GBertram, Der Begriff d. Erziehung in d. griech. Bibel: Imago Dei (GKrüger Festschr.) ’32, 33–52; WJentzsch, Urchristl. Erziehungsdenken ’51. MHengel, Judaism ’74, esp. I 65–78.—DELG s.v. παῖς. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παιδεία

  • 15 παρά

    παρά (Hom.+. On elision s. B-D-F §17; Rob. 208) prep. w. three cases (Kühner-G. §440; Schwyzer II 491–98; B-D-F §236–38; Rob. 612–16. Further lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.; also HRau, De praepositionis παρά usu: GCurtius, Studien etc. III 1870).
    A. W. gen., which nearly always as in Hom., Hdt., Pla., X. et al. denotes a pers., and indicates that someth. proceeds fr. this pers. (Hs 2:3 is an exception):
    ① marker of extension from the side of, from (the side of) w. local sense preserved, used w. verbs of coming, going, sending, originating, going out, etc. (TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 30 [Stone p. 4] παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπεστάλην; Lucian, Demon. 13 ἀπιὼν παρʼ αὐτοῦ) ἐκπορεύεσθαι J 15:26b. ἐξέρχεσθαι 16:27; 17:8; Lk 2:1; 6:19. ἔρχεσθαι 8:49. παραγίνεσθαι Mk 14:43. πέμπειν τινὰ παρά τινος J 15:26a. πνεύματος ἁγίου … παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτήν (=Μαρίαν) AcPlCor 2:5. εἶναι παρά τινος be from someone (cp. Job 21:2, 9) J 6:46; 7:29; 9:16, 33; 17:7.
    ② marker of one who originates or directs, from (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 100 §420 παρὰ τ. θεῶν; TestJob 38:8 παρὰ θεοῦ) παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη this was the Lord’s doing Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). W. a double negative: οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τ. θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα (s. ἀδυνατέω) Lk 1:37. τὰ λελαλημένα αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου what was said to her (by the angel) at the Lord’s command vs. 45. ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ John the Baptist was not, like Jesus, sent out fr. the very presence of God, but one whose coming was brought about by God J 1:6 (cp. 2 Macc 11:17). παρʼ ἑαυτῆς φέρει καρπὸν καὶ παρὰ τῆς πτελέας it (i.e. the vine) bears fruit which comes both from itself and from the elm Hs 2:3. On 2 Pt 2:11 s. κρίσις 1bβ.
    ③ marker of the point fr. which an action originates, from
    ⓐ after verbs
    α. of asking, demanding αἰτεῖν and αἰτεῖσθαι (cp. X., An. 1, 3, 16, Hell. 3, 1, 4; SIG 785, 9f; PFay 121, 12ff; Tob 4:19 BA al.; LXX; TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 2 [Stone p. 22]; TestJob 20:2; ParJer 7:14; Jos., Ant. 15, 92) Mt 20:20 v.l. (for ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ); J 4:9; Ac 3:2; 9:2; Js 1:5; 1J 5:15 v.l. (for ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ); 1 Cl 36:4 (Ps 2:8); Hm 9:2, 4; Dg 1. ζητεῖν (Tob 4:18; Sir 7:4; cp. 1 Macc 7:13) Mk 8:11; Lk 11:16; 12:48.
    β. of taking, accepting, receiving λαμβάνειν (class.; Appian, Mithrid. 88 §397; SIG 546 B, 23 [III B.C.]; Jdth 12:15; Sus 55 Theod.; 1 Macc 8:8; 11:34; 4 Macc 12:11; TestJob 11:5; JosAs 24:11; Just., A I, 39, 5 al.) Mk 12:2; Lk 6:34; J 5:34, 41, 44; 10:18; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 17:9; 20:24; 26:10 (Jos., Ant. 14, 167 λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν παρά σου [= τ. ἀρχιερέως]; 11, 169); Js 1:7; 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 4; Rv 2:28; Hs 1:8; 8, 3, 5; GJs 20, 2 codices. ἀπολαμβάνειν (SIG 150, 19f [restored text; IV B.C.]; 4 Macc 18:23) Hv 5:7. παραλαμβάνειν (Hdt. et al.; oft. ins; POxy 504, 14 al. in pap) Gal 1:12; 1 Th 2:13; 4:1; 2 Th 3:6. δέχεσθαι (Thu. 1, 20, 1 et al.; 1 Macc 15:20; TestJob 11:12; cp. διαδέχεσθαι Ath. 37, 1) Ac 22:5; Phil 4:18a. κομίζεσθαι (SIG 244 I, 5ff [IV B.C.]; Gen 38:20; 2 Macc 7:11; Ath. 12, 1) Eph 6:8. εὑρεῖν (SIG 537, 69; 1099, 28; cp. εὑρίσκω 3, end) 2 Ti 1:18. ἔχειν τι παρά τινος have received someth. fr. someone (1 Esdr 6:5) Ac 9:14; cp. Hv 3, 9, 8. γίνεταί μοί τι παρά τινος I receive someth. from someone (Att.) Mt 18:19. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις … παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ 2J 3 (cp. X., An. 7, 2, 25). οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον those who were entrusted by God with a task 1 Cl 43:1 (cp. Polyb. 3, 69, 1; SIG 1207, 12f). παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου πλουτίζεσθαι receive one’s wealth fr. the Lord Hs 2:10.—Sim. in the case of a purchase the seller is introduced by παρά: buy fr. someone ἀγοράζειν (s. ἀγοράζω 1, end) Rv 3:18. ὠνεῖσθαι Ac 7:16. ἄρτον φαγεῖν παρά τινος receive support from someone 2 Th 3:8.
    γ. of learning, coming to know, hearing, asking ἀκούειν (s. ἀκούω 1bβ and 3) J 1:40; 6:45; 7:51; 8:26, 40; 15:15; Ac 10:22; 28:22; 2 Ti 1:13; 2:2; AcPlCor 1:6; ἀκριβοῦν Mt 2:7, 16. ἐξακριβάζεσθαι Hm 4, 2, 3. ἐπιγινώσκειν Ac 24:8. μανθάνειν (since Aeschyl., Ag. 858; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 176; Sir 8:8f; 2 Macc 7:2 v.l.; 3 Macc 1:1; Just., A I, 23, 1 and D. 78, 1 al.; Ath. 7, 2; 22, 8) 2 Ti 3:14. πυνθάνεσθαι (Hdt. 3, 68; X., Cyr. 1, 6, 23; Pla., Rep. 5, 476e; SIG 1169, 30; 2 Ch 32:31) Mt 2:4; J 4:52 (without παρά v.l.); B 13:2 (Gen 25:22).
    ⓑ w. adjectival function ὁ, ἡ, τὸ παρά τινος made, given, etc., by someone
    α. w. a noun (funct. as a gen.: Pla., Symp. 197e ὁ παρά τινος λόγος ‘the expression made by someone’; X., Hell. 3, 1, 6 δῶρον παρὰ βασιλέως, Mem. 2, 2, 12 ἡ παρά τινος εὔνοια, Cyr. 5, 5, 13 τὸ παρʼ ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα ‘the crime committed by me’; Polyb. 3, 69, 3 ἡ παρʼ αὐτοῦ σωτηρία; Polyaenus 3, 9, 28 ἡ παρὰ στρατηγοῦ ἀρετή; SIG 543, 27; Ex 4:20; 14:13; Philo, Plant. 14; Jos., Ant. 12, 400; Just., A I, 32, 8 and D. 92, 1 al.; Ath. 7, 1) ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη Ro 11:27 (Is 59:21).—Ac 26:12 v.l.; 22 v.l.
    β. w. subst. function
    א. τὰ παρά τινος what someone gives, someone’s gifts (X., Mem. 3, 11, 13; Jos., Bell. 2, 124, Ant. 8, 175; Tat. 32, 1 τὰ παρὰ θεοῦ) Lk 10:7; Phil 4:18b. τὰ παρʼ αὐτῆς her property, what she had Mk 5:26 (cp. IPriene 111, 177). τὰ παρὰ ζώσης καὶ μενούσης (the help that I received) from a living, contemporary voice Papias (2:4).
    ב. οἱ παρά τινος someone’s envoys (οἱ παρὰ βασιλέω πρέσβει X., Hell. 1, 3, 9; oft. in ins.: see, e.g., OGI 5, 50 from Ptolemy; the full expression οἱ παρʼ ὑμῶν πρεσβείς OGI 8 VI, 108–9; Schwyzer II 498; B-D-F §237, 2) οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως (1 Macc 2:15; 1 Esdr 1:15) 1 Cl 12:4.—The Koine also uses this expr. to denote others who are intimately connected w. someone, e.g. family, relatives (PGrenf II, 36, 9 [II B.C.]; POxy 805 [I B.C.]; 298, 37 [I A.D.]; CPR I, 179, 16; 187, 7; Sb 5238, 19 [I A.D.]; Sus 33; 1 Macc 13:52; Jos., Ant. 1, 193. Further exx. fr. pap in Mlt. 106f; Rossberg [s. ἀνά, beg.] 52) Mk 3:21 (s. CBruston/PFarel: RTQR 18, 1909, 82–93; AWabnitz, ibid. 221–25; SMonteil, ibid. 19, 1910, 317–25; JMoulton, Mk 3:21: ET 20, 1909, 476; GHartmann, Mk 3:20f: BZ 11, 1913, 248–79; FZorell, Zu Mk 3:20, 21: ZKT 37, 1913, 695–7; JBelser, Zu Mk 3:20f: TQ 98, 1916, 401–18; Rdm.2 141; 227.—S. also at ἐξίστημι 2a).
    B. w. dat., the case that exhibits close association
    ① marker of nearness in space, at/by (the side of), beside, near, with, acc. to the standpoint fr. which the relationship is viewed
    ⓐ near, beside
    α. w. things (Synes., Ep. 126 p. 262a; Kaibel 703, 1; POxy 120, 23; 2 Km 10:8; 11:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 196) εἱστήκεισαν παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ J 19:25. κεῖσθαι παρὰ τῷ πύργῳ Hv 3, 5, 5.
    β. w. persons ἔστησεν αὐτὸ παρʼ ἑαυτῷ he had him (i.e. the child) stand by his side Lk 9:47.
    ⓑ in (someone’s) house, city, company, etc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 al. παρὰ Λάβαν)
    α. house: ἀριστᾶν Lk 11:37. καταλύειν 19:7 (Pla., Gorg. 447b; Demosth. 18, 82). μένειν (JosAs 20:8; Jos., Ant. 1, 298; 299) J 1:39; Ac 9:43; 18:3; 21:8. ξενίζεσθαι 10:6; 21:16 (ξενίζω 1). So prob. also ἕκαστος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ each one at home 1 Cor 16:2 (cp. Philo, Cher. 48 παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς, Leg. ad Gai. 271). ὸ̔ν ἀπέλιπον ἐν Τρῳάδι παρὰ Κάρπῳ 2 Ti 4:13.
    β. city: Rv 2:13. So prob. also ἦσαν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί Mt 22:25.—J 4:40; Col 4:16 (where the congregation at Laodicea is contrasted w. the one at Col.).
    γ. other uses: παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις among Judeans Mt 28:15. παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι remain with them Ac 28:14; cp. 21:7. οἱ παρʼ ὑμῖν πρεσβύτεροι the elders among you 1 Cl 1:3.—παρὰ τῷ πατρί with (of spatial proximity) the Father Mt 6:1; J 8:38a; cp. 17:5 (Synes., Kingship 29 p. 31d: philosophy has her abode παρὰ τῷ θεῷ and if the world refuses to receive her when she descends to earth, μένει παρὰ τῷ πατρί). Of Jesus: παρʼ ὑμῖν μένων while I was with you (on earth) J 14:25. Of the Spirit: παρʼ ὑμῖν μένει vs. 17. Of the Father and Son in their relation to the faithful Christian: μονὴν παρʼ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα we will take up our abode with him vs. 23.
    δ. fig. παρά τινι before someone’s judgment seat (Demosth. 18, 13 εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι παρά τινι; Appian, Maced. 11 §8 παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐς κρίσιν) 2 Pt 2:11 v.l. Closely related is
    ② marker of one whose viewpoint is relevant, in the sight or judgment of someone (Soph., Hdt.; PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ) παρὰ τῷ θεῷ: δίκαιος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ righteous in the sight of God Ro 2:13 (cp. Job 9:2; Jos., Ant. 6, 205; Ath. 31, 2 εὐδοξοῦμεν … παρὰ τῷ θεῷ).—Cp. 1 Cor 3:19; Gal 3:11; 2 Th 1:6; Js 1:27; 1 Pt 2:4; 2 Pt 3:8. θυσία δεκτὴ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ Hs 5, 3, 8. ἔνδοξος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ m 2:6; Hs 5, 3, 3; 8, 10, 1; 9, 27, 3; 9, 28, 3; 9, 29, 3.—9, 7, 6.—Acc. to the judgment of humans (Jos., Ant. 7, 84; Just., A I, 20, 3) 8, 9, 1. τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρʼ ὑμῖν; Ac 26:8. ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι Ro 11:25; cp. 12:16 (s. Pr 3:7 μὴ ἴσθι φρόνιμος παρὰ σεαυτῷ).—‘In the judgment’ passes over into a simpler with (PsSol 9:5 παρὰ κυρίῳ; Jos. Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 10 παρὰ θεοῖς=with the gods) εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι find favor with someone (Ex 33:16; cp. Num 11:15) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10. τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ θεῷ 1 Pt 2:20. χάριν ἔχειν (Ex 33:12) m 5, 1, 5. προέκοπτεν ἐν τῇ χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52. τί ταπεινοφροσύνη παρὰ θεῷ ἰσχύει, τί ἀγάπη ἁγνὴ παρά θεῷ δύναται how strong humility is before God, what pure love before God can do 1 Cl 21:8.
    ③ marker of personal reference, at the side of, with almost equivalent to the dat. as such (Ps 75:13): δυνατόν or ἀδύνατον παρά τινι possible or impossible for someone (Gen 18:14; Just., A I, 33, 2; Ath., R. 9 p. 58, 6) Mt 19:26ab; Mk 10:27abc; Lk 1:37 v.l.; 18:27ab; 1 Cl 27:2.—AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 14, ’35, 44–46. Closely related in mng. is
    ④ marker of connection of a quality or characteristic w. a pers., with (οὐκ) ἔστιν τι παρά τινι someth. is (not) with or in someone, someone has someth. (nothing) to do w. someth. (Demosth. 18, 277 εἰ ἔστι καὶ παρʼ ἐμοί τις ἐμπειρία; Gen 24:25; Job 12:13; Ps 129:4 παρὰ σοι ὁ ἱλασμός ἐστιν; Just., D. 82, 1 παρὰ … ἡμῖν … χαρίσματα) οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τ. θεῷ Ro 2:11 (TestJob 43, 13). Cp. 9:14; Eph 6:9; Js 1:17. Sim. Mt 8:10; 2 Cor 1:17.
    ⑤ marker of a relationship w. a narrow focus, among, before παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς among themselves (Philo, Cher. 48) διαλογίζεσθαι Mt 21:25 v.l. (cp. Demosth. 10, 17 γιγνώσκειν παρʼ αὑτῷ; Epict., Ench. 48, 2).—In ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω παρὰ θεῷ 1 Cor 7:24, the mng. of παρὰ θεῷ is not certain: let the pers. remain in that position (the same one in which he was when called to salvation) before God; it is prob. meant to remind Christians of the One before whom they cannot even have the appearance of inferiority (ins: Mitt-Wilck, I/2, 4, 4 [13 B.C.] παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Ἑρμῇ=‘before, in the sight of’; Sb 7616 [II A.D.] τὸ προσκύνημά σου ποιῶ παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Σαράπι=‘before the Lord’ S.; 7661, 3 [c. 100 A.D.]; 7932, 7992, 6 [letter II/III A.D.]). Or perh. it simply means that no matter what the situation may be, one is to be focused on God.
    C. w. acc. of pers. or thing
    ① marker of a position viewed as extended (w. no difference whether παρά answers the question ‘where?’ or ‘whither?’ See B-D-F §236, 1; Rob. 615).
    ⓐ by, along περιπατεῖν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν (Pla., Gorg. 511e. Cp. SIG 1182; Jos., Ant. 2, 81) Mt 4:18; cp. Mk 1:16.
    α. παρὰ (τὴν) θάλασσαν by the sea (or lake) , at the shore Mt 13:1; Mk 4:1; 5:21; Ac 10:6, 32; cp. Lk 5:1, 2. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν by the side of the road (X., An. 1, 2, 13; Plut., Lysander 450 [29, 4] a tomb παρὰ τ. ὁδόν=beside the road) Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (but on the road is also poss. in these three places; s. d below).
    β. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν to (the side of) the sea (lake) Mt 15:29; Mk 2:13. παρὰ ποταμόν to the river Ac 16:13.
    ⓒ gener. near, at παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τινός at someone’s feet (sit, fall, place etc.; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 16 [Stone p. 44]) Mt 15:30; Lk 7:38; 8:35, 41; 10:39 v.l.; 17:16; Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2; 7:58; 22:3 (s. ET 30, 1919, 39f). παρὰ τὸν πὺργον beside the tower Hs 9, 4, 8; 9, 6, 5; 8; 9, 7, 1; 9, 11, 6.—παρὰ τὴν ἰτέαν 8, 1, 2 (cp. TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 10 [Stone p. 14] παρὰ τὴν δρῦν τὴν Μαμβρῆ).
    ⓓ on παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν on the road (w. motion implied; Aesop, Fab. 226 P.=420 H.: πεσὼν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν; Phot., Bibl. 94 p. 74b on Iambl. Erot. [Hercher I p. 222, 22] πίπτουσι παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν) Mt 13:4, 19; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5; on the road (w. no motion implied; Theophr., HP 6, 6, 10: the crocus likes to be trodden under foot, διὸ καὶ παρὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς κάλλιστος; Phot. p. 222, 29 H. [s. above]) Mk 4:15; Lk 8:12. Perh. also Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (s. bα above).—παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης on the seashore Hb 11:12 (TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 1 [Stone p. 4]; ApcEsdr 3:10; ApcSed 8:9).
    ② marker of extension in time, during, from … to (Lucian, Catapl. 24 παρὰ τ. βίον=during his life; POxy 472, 10; TestAbr A 20 p. 102, 26 [Stone p. 52] παρὰ μίαν ὥραν; Tat. 14, 2 παρʼ ὸ̔ν ἔζων χρόνον) παρʼ ἐνιαυτόν from year to year (Plut., Cleom. 15, 1; cp. ἐνιαυτός 1) B 10:7.
    ③ marker of comparative advantage, in comparison to, more than, beyond ἁμαρτωλοί, ὀφειλέται π. πάντας Lk 13:2, 4 (PSI 317, 6 [95 A.D.] παρὰ πάντας; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 234 παρὰ τ. ἄλλους ἅπαντας; JosAs 10:6 παρὰ πάσας τὰς παρθένους; Just., A I, 20, 3 παρὰ πάντας ἀδίκως μισούμεθα). κρίνειν ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν (s. κρίνω 1) Ro 14:5. π. πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν B 11:9 (prophetic quot. of unknown orig.). π. πάντα τὰ πνεύματα more than all other spirits Hm 10, 1, 2. ἐλαττοῦν τινα π. τινα make someone inferior to someone Hb 2:7, 9 (s. ἐλαττόω 1 and cp. PGrenf I, 42, 12 [II B.C.] ἐλαττουμένων ἡμῶν παρὰ τοὺς δεῖνα). εἶδος ἐκλεῖπον π. τὸ εἶδος τῶν ἀνθρώπων (s. ἐκλείπω 4) 1 Cl 16:3.—After a comp. (Thu. 1, 23, 3; ApcEsdr 1:22; Tat. 2, 2) Lk 3:13; Hb 1:4; 3:3; 9:23; 11:4; 12:24; B 4:5 (cp. Da 7:7); Hv 3, 12, 1; Hs 9, 18, 2.—When a comparison is made, one member of it may receive so little attention as to pass fr. consideration entirely, so that ‘more than’ becomes instead of, rather than, to the exclusion of (Plut., Mor. 984c; PsSol 9:9; EpArist 134; Just., A I, 22, 2) λατρεύειν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα serve the creation rather than the Creator Ro 1:25 (cp. EpArist 139: the Jews worship τὸν μόνον θεὸν παρʼ ὅλην τὴν κτίσιν). δεδικαιωμένος παρʼ ἐκεῖνον justified rather than the other Lk 18:14. ἔχρισέν σε … παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους (God) has anointed you and not your comrades Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8). ὑπερφρονεῖν παρʼ ὸ̔ δεῖ φρονεῖν Ro 12:3 (Plut., Mor. 83f παρʼ ὸ̔ δεῖ). παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας Hb 11:11 (Plut., Rom. 25, 6 παρʼ ἡλικίαν; cp. ἡλικία 2a).—παρὰ δύναμιν beyond their means (s. δύναμις 2) 2 Cor 8:3.—After ἄλλος (Pla., Lach. 178b, Leg. 3, 693b; X., Hell. 1, 5, 5; Demosth. 18, 235) another than 1 Cor 3:11.
    ④ marker of degree that falls slightly short in comparison, except for, almost παρὰ μικρόν except for a little, almost (s. μικρός 1eγ) Hs 8, 1, 14. Likew. παρά τι (cp. Vett. Val. 228, 6) Lk 5:7 D; Hs 9, 19, 3.
    ⑤ marker of causality, because of (cp. Pind., O. 2, 65 κενεὰν παρὰ δίαιταν ‘in the interest of’ or ‘for the sake of a scanty livelihood’, the scantiness here contrasting with the immense labor involved; Demosth. 4, 11; 9, 2; PRyl 243, 6; POxy 1420, 7) παρὰ τό w. acc. foll. because (SIG 495, 130; UPZ 7, 13 [163 B.C.] παρὰ τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι.—Mayser II/1, 1926, 331; Gen 29:20; Ex 14:11) 1 Cl 39:5f (Job 4:20f). π. τοῦτο because of this (Kühner-G. I 513, 3; Synes., Ep. 44 p. 185a; 57 p. 192d) ITr 5:2; IRo 5:1 (quot. fr. 1 Cor 4:4, where Paul has ἐν τούτῳ). οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐ (double neg. as a strengthened affirmative) not for that reason any the less 1 Cor 12:15f.
    ⑥ marker of that which does not correspond to what is expected, against, contrary to (Hom., Alc. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., Tat., Ath.—Schwyzer II 497) π. τὴν διδαχήν Ro 16:17. παρʼ ἐλπίδα against hope (s. ἐλπίς 1a) in wordplay w. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι 4:18. παρὰ φύσιν (Thu. 6, 17, 1; Pla., Rep. 5, 466d; Tat. 22, 2; Ath. 26, 2, R. 6 p. 54, 13) 1:26; 11:24. παρὰ τὸν νόμον (Just., A II, 2, 4; Ath. 1, 3; cp. X., Mem. 1, 1, 18 παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; PMagd 16, 5 [222 B.C.] παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 233; Just., A I, 68, 10) Ac 18:13. παρʼ ὅ contrary to that which Gal 1:8f (Just., A I, 43, 8).
    ⑦ marker of something that is less, less (Hdt. 9, 33; Plut., Caesar 722 [30, 5]; Jos., Ant. 4, 176; POxy 264, 4 [I A.D.]) τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν forty less one=thirty-nine (i.e. lashes) 2 Cor 11:24 (cp. Makkoth 3, 10 [tr. HDanby, The Mishnah ’33, 407]).—On παρʼ αὐτά ITr 11:1 s. παραυτά.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παρά

  • 16 ἐκ

    ἐκ, before vowels ἐξ, prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; s. lit. s.v. ἀνά and εἰς beg.)
    ① marker denoting separation, from, out of, away from
    ⓐ w. the place or thing fr. which separation takes place. Hence esp. w. verbs of motion ἀναβαίνω, ἀναλύω, ἀνίστημι, ἐγείρομαι, εἰσέρχομαι, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐξέρχομαι, ἔρχομαι, ἥκω, καταβαίνω, μεταβαίνω, ῥύομαι, συνάγω, φεύγω; s. these entries. καλεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου Mt 2:15 (Hos 11:1); ἐκ σκότους 1 Pt 2:9. αἴρειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 17:15. ἐξαλείφειν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου Rv 3:5 (Ex 32:32f; Ps 68:29). ἀποκυλίειν τ. λίθον ἐκ τ. θύρας Mk 16:3; cp. J 20:1; Rv 6:14; σῴζειν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγ. Jd 5; διασῴζειν ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης Ac 28:4. παραγίνεσθαι ἐξ ὁδοῦ arrive on a journey (lit. from, i.e. interrupting a journey) Lk 11:6; fig. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐξ ὁδοῦ bring back fr. the way Js 5:20; cp. 2 Pt 2:21. ἐκ τῆς χειρός τινος (Hebraistically מִיַּד פּ׳, oft. LXX; s. B-D-F §217, 2; Rob. 649) from someone’s power ἐξέρχεσθαι J 10:39; ἁρπάζειν 10:28f (cp. Plut., Ages. 615 [34, 6] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν Ἐπαμινώνδου τ. πόλιν ἐξαρπάσας; JosAs 12:8 ἅρπασόν με ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 12:11 (cp. Aeschin. 3, 256 ἐκ τ. χειρῶν ἐξελέσθαι τῶν Φιλίππου; Sir 4:9; Bar 4:18, 21 al.); ῥύεσθαι Lk 1:74; cp. vs. 71 (Ps 105:10; Wsd 2:18; JosAs 12:10); εἰρυσταί σε κύριος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνόμου AcPlCor 1:8 (cp. ἐκ τούτων ἄπαντων PsSol 13:4).—After πίνειν, of the object fr. which one drinks (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 3): ἐκ τ. ποτηρίου Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23; 1 Cor 11:28; cp. 10:4; J 4:12. Sim. φαγεῖν ἐκ τ. θυσιαστηρίου Hb 13:10.
    ⓑ w. a group or company fr. which separation or dissociation takes place (Hyperid. 6, 17 and Lucian, Cyn. 13 ἐξ ἀνθρώπων) ἐξολεθρεύειν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 3:23 (Ex 30:33; Lev 23:29). συμβιβάζειν ἐκ τ. ὄχλου 19:33; ἐκλέγειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 15:19; cp. Mt 13:41, 47; Ac 1:24; 15:22; Ro 9:24. For ἐκ freq. ἐκ μέσου Mt 13:49; Ac 17:33; 23:10; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:17 (cp. Ex 31:14).—ἀνιστάναι τινὰ ἔκ τινων Ac 3:22 (Dt 18:15); ἐκ νεκρῶν 17:31. ἐγείρειν τινὰ ἐκ νεκρῶν J 12:1, 9, 17; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Hb 11:19; AcPlCor 2:6; ἀνίστασθαι ἐκ νεκρῶν Ac 10:41; 17:3; ἀνάστασις ἐκ νεκρ. Lk 20:35; 1 Pt 1:3; cp. Ro 10:7. Also s. ἠρεμέω.
    ⓒ of situations and circumstances out of which someone is brought, from: ἐξαγοράζειν ἔκ τινος redeem fr. someth. Gal 3:13; also λυτροῦν (cp. Sir 51:2) 1 Pt 1:18; σῴζειν ἔκ τινος save fr. someth. J 12:27; Hb 5:7; Js 5:20 (Od. 4, 753; MLetronne, Recueil des Inscr. 1842/8, 190; 198 σωθεὶς ἐκ; SIG 1130, 1f; UPZ 60:6f [s. διασῴζω]; PVat A, 7 [168 B.C.]=Witkowski 36, 7 διασεσῶσθαι ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων; Sir 51:11; EpJer 49; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ … λιμοῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 7:10 (cp. Wsd 10:1; Sir 29:12). τηρεῖν ἔκ τινος keep from someth. Rv 3:10; μεταβαίνειν ἔκ τινος εἴς τι J 5:24; 1J 3:14; μετανοεῖν ἔκ τινος repent and turn away fr. someth. Rv 2:21f; 9:20f; 16:11. ἀναπαύεσθαι ἐκ τ. κόπων rest fr. one’s labors 14:13. ἐγείρεσθαι ἐξ ὕπνου wake fr. sleep (Epict. 2, 20, 15; Sir 22:9; cp. ParJer 5:2 οὐκ ἐξυπνίσθη ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτοῦ) Ro 13:11. ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 11:15. ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν people who have risen fr. death to life 6:13 (cp. Soph., Oed. R. 454; X., An. 7, 7, 28; Demosth. 18, 131 ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς; Palaeph. 3, 2). S. ἀνάστασις 2b.
    ⓓ of pers. and things with whom a connection is severed or is to remain severed: τηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ keep them fr. the evil one J 17:15; cp. Ac 15:29. Pregnant constr.: ἀνανήφειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 2 Ti 2:26. νικᾶν ἔκ τινος free oneself from … by victory Rv 15:2 (for possible Latinism s. reff. to Livy and Velleius Paterculus in OLD s.v. ‘victoria’; but s. also RCharles, ICC Rv II, 33). ἐλεύθερος ἐκ 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. Eur., Herc. Fur. 1010 ἐλευθεροῦντες ἐκ δρασμῶν πόδα ‘freeing our feet from flight’ [=we recovered from our flight]). καθαρός εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐξ αὐτῆς I practiced abstinence with her GJs 15:4.
    ② marker denoting the direction fr. which someth. comes, from καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους (Il. 13, 17; X., An. 7, 4, 12; Ex 19:14; 32:1 al.; JosAs 4:1 ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερῴου) Mt 17:9. θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται Lk 21:18. ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τ. χειρῶν Ac 12:7. διδάσκειν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου Lk 5:3. ἐκ τῆς βάτου χρηματισμοῦ διδομένου 1 Cl 17:5 (cp. Just., A I, 62:3). ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ῥίψαντες τὰς ἀγκύρας Ac 27:29. κρέμασθαι ἔκ τινος (Hom. et al.; 1 Macc 1:61; 2 Macc 6:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 107) 28:4. ἐκ ῥιζῶν to (lit. from) its roots (Job 28:9; 31:12) Mk 11:20; B 12:9.—Since the Greek feeling concerning the relation betw. things in this case differed fr. ours, ἐκ could answer the question ‘where?’ (cp. Soph., Phil. 20; Synes., Ep. 131 p. 267a ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας μερίδος=on the other side; BGU 975, 11; 15 [45 A.D.]; PGM 36, 239; LXX; JosAs 16:12 εἱστήκει … ἐξ εὐωνύμων; 22:7) ἐκ δεξιῶν at (on) the right (δεξιός 1b) Mt 20:21, 23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); 25:33; Lk 1:11; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8), 34 (Ps 109:1); 7:55f; B 11:10. ἐξ ἐναντίας opposite Mk 15:39 (Hdt. 8, 6, 2; Thu. 4, 33, 1; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 461, 6; Sir 37:9; Wsd 4:20 al.); ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας the opponent (Sext. Emp., Adv. Phys. 1, 66 [=Adv. Math. 9, 66]; 2, 69 [=Adv. Math. 10, 69], Adv. Eth. 1, 25; Bias in Diog. L. 1, 84) Tit 2:8.—ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου … προσευχομένου Ἰωνᾶ AcPlCor 2:30.
    ③ marker denoting origin, cause, motive, reason, from, of
    ⓐ in expr. which have to do w. begetting and birth from, of, by: ἐκ introduces the role of the male (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 9 ἐκ θεοῦ ἔστι; JosAs 21:8 συνέλαβεν Ἀσενὲθ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ; Tat. 33, 3 συλλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ φθορέως; Ath. 22, 4 ἐκ τοῦ Κρόνου; SIG 1163, 3; 1169, 63; OGI 383, 3; 5 [I B.C.]) ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Mt 1:18. κοίτην ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Ro 9:10; also of the female (SIG 1160, 3; PEleph 1, 9 [311/10 B.C.] τεκνοποιεῖσθαι ἐξ ἄλλης γυναικός; PFay 28, 9 γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 14 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 1, 191; Ath. 20, 3 ἐξ ἧς παῖς Διόνυσος αὐτῷ) γεννᾶν τινα ἐκ beget someone by (a woman; s. γεννάω 1a) Mt 1:3, 5, etc. ἐκ Μαρίας ἐγεννῄθη AcPlCor 1:14; 2:5; γίνεσθαι ἐκ γυναικός (Jos., Ant. 11, 152; Ar. 9, 7) Gal 4:4; cp. vs. 22f.—γεννᾶσθαι ἐξ αἱμάτων κτλ. J 1:13; ἐκ τ. σαρκός 3:6; ἐκ πορνείας 8:41. ἐγείρειν τινὶ τέκνα ἐκ Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8. (τὶς) ἐκ καρποῦ τ. ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ Ac 2:30 (Ps 131:11). γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ τ. θεοῦ J 1:13; 1J 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18 (Just., A I, 22, 2); ἐκ τ. πνεύματος J 3:6 (opp. ἐκ τ. σαρκός). εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (Menand., Sam. 602 S. [257 Kö.]) J 8:47; 1J 4:4, 6; 5:19; opp. εἶναι ἐκ τ. διαβόλου J 8:44; 1J 3:8 (cp. OGI 90, 10 of Ptolemaeus Epiphanes ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ κ. θεᾶς).
    ⓑ to denote origin as to family, race, city, people, district, etc.: ἐκ Ναζαρέτ J 1:46. ἐκ πόλεως vs. 44. ἐξ οἴκου Lk 1:27; 2:4. ἐκ γένους (Jos., Ant. 11, 136) Phil 3:5; Ac 4:6. ἐκ φυλῆς (Jos., Ant. 6, 45; 49; PTebt I, 26, 15) Lk 2:36; Ac 13:21; 15:23; Ro 11:1. Ἑβρ. ἐξ Ἑβραίων a Hebrew, the son of Hebrews Phil 3:5 (Goodsp., Probs., 175f; on the connotation of ancestral ἀρετή Phil 3:5 cp. New Docs VII 233, no. 10, 5). ἐκ σπέρματός τινος J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 11:1. ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ac 15:23; cp. Gal 2:15. Cp. Lk 23:7; Ac 23:34. ἐκ τ. γῆς J 3:31. For this ἐκ τῶν κάτω J 8:23 (opp. ἐκ τ. ἄνω). ἐκ (τούτου) τ. κόσμου 15:19ab; 17:14; 1J 2:16; 4:5. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30.—To express a part of the whole, subst.: οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ the Israelites Ro 9:6. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας selfish, factious people 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου partisans of the law 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως those who have faith Gal 3:7, 9; cp. the sg. Ro 3:26; 4:16. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς the circumcision party Ac 11:2; Ro 4:12; Gal 2:12. οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς Tit 1:10. For this οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς Col 4:11. οἱ ἐκ τ. συναγωγῆς members of the synagogue Ac 6:9. οἱ ἐκ τῶν Ἀριστοβούλου Ro 16:10f. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22 (s. Καῖσαρ and οἰκία 3). In these cases the idea of belonging, the partisan use, often completely overshadows that of origin; cp. Dg 6:3.
    ⓒ to denote derivation (Maximus Tyr. 13, 3f φῶς ἐκ πυρός; Ath. 18:3 γένεσιν … ἐξ ὕδατος) καπνὸς ἐκ τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ Rv 15:8 (cp. EpJer 20 καπνὸς ἐκ τ. οἰκίας). ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τ. Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν J 4:22. εἶναι ἔκ τινος come, derive from someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 7, 209) Mt 5:37; J 7:17, 22; 1J 2:16, 21; εἶναι is oft. to be supplied Ro 2:29; 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6 ( Plut., Mor. 1001c); 11:12; 2 Cor 4:7; Gal 5:8. ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ πατρός J 10:32. οἰκοδομὴ ἐκ θεοῦ 2 Cor 5:1; χάρισμα 1 Cor 7:7; δικαιοσύνη Phil 3:9. φωνὴ ἐκ τ. στόματος αὐτοῦ Ac 22:14. Here belongs the constr. w. ἐκ for the subj. gen., as in ἡ ἐξ ὑμῶν (v.l.) ἀγάπη 2 Cor 8:7; ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν ζῆλος 9:2 v.l.; Rv 2:9 (cp. Vett. Val. 51, 16; CIG II 3459, 11 τῇ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς κοσμιότητι; pap. [Rossberg 14f]; 1 Macc 11:33 χάριν τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐνοίας; 2 Macc 6:26). ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου there arose a discussion on the part of John’s disciples J 3:25 (Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4 ζήτησις πολλὴ ἐκ πάντων ἐγένετο; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91 σφαγή τις ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐγένετο).
    ⓓ of the effective cause by, because of (cp. the ‘perfectivizing’ force of ἐκ and other prepositions in compounds, e.g. Mt 4:7; Mk 9:15. B-D-F §318, 5)
    α. personal in nature, referring to originator (X., An. 1, 1, 6; Diod S 19, 1, 4 [saying of Solon]; Arrian, Anab. 3, 1, 2; 4, 13, 6 of an inspired woman κατεχομένη ἐκ τοῦ θείου; Achilles Tat. 5, 27, 2; SibOr 3, 395; Just.: A I, 12, 5 ἐκ δαιμόνων φαύλων … καὶ ταῦτα … ἐνεργεῖσθαι, also D. 18, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 7, 85 H. ἐκ θεῶν σεσωσμένη; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 7, 19 Lag. τὸν ἐκ θεοῦ σοι ἀποδιδόμενον μισθόν): ὠφελεῖσθαι ἔκ τινος Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11. ζημιοῦσθαι 2 Cor 7:9. λυπεῖσθαι 2:2. εὐχαριστεῖσθαι 1:11. ἀδικεῖσθαι Rv 2:11. ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα J 12:49 (cp. Soph., El. 344 οὐδὲν ἐξ σαυτῆς λέγεις).
    β. impersonal in nature (Arrian, Anab. 3, 21, 10 ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐκ τ. τραυμάτων; 6, 25, 4; JosAs 29:8 ἐκ τοῦ τραύματος τοῦ λίθου; POxy 486, 32 τὰ ἐμὰ ἐκ τ. ἀναβάσεως τ. Νίλου ἀπολωλέναι): ἀποθανεῖν ἐκ τ. ὑδάτων Rv 8:11. πυροῦσθαι 3:18. σκοτοῦσθαι 9:2. φωτίζεσθαι 18:1. κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας J 4:6 (Aelian, VH 3, 23 ἐκ τοῦ πότου ἐκάθευδεν). ἔκαμον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1.
    ⓔ of the reason which is a presupposition for someth.: by reason of, as a result of, because of (X., An. 2, 5, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 42 §185 ἐκ προδοσίας; POxy 486, 28f ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς; Just., A I, 68, 3 ἐξ ἐπιστολῆς; numerous examples in Mayser II/2 p. 388; Philo, De Jos. 184 ἐκ διαβολῆς; Jos., Vi. 430; JosAs 11 παραλελυμένη … ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς ταπεινώσεως; Ar. 8, 6 ἐκ τούτων … τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῆς πλάνης; Just., A I, 4, 1 ἐκ τοῦ … ὀνόματος; also inf.: 33, 2 ἵνα … ἐκ τοῦ προειρῆσθαι πιστευθῇ 68, 3 al.): δικαιοῦσθαι ἔκ τινος Ro 4:2; Gal 2:16; 3:24; cp. Ro 3:20, 30 (cp. εἴ τις ἐκ γένους [δίκαι]ος=has the right of citizenship by descent [i.e. has the law on his side]: letter of MAurelius 34, ZPE 8, ’71, 170); οὐκ … ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ he does not live because of his possessions Lk 12:15. ἐκ ταύτης τ. ἐργασίας Ac 19:25. ἐξ ἔργων λαβεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα Gal 3:2, 5; cp. Ro 11:6. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως λαβεῖν τ. νεκρούς Hb 11:35. ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας 2 Cor 13:4. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν as far as it depends on you Ro 12:18.—ἐκ τοῦ πόνου in anguish Rv 16:10; cp. vs. 11; 8:13.—ἐκ τούτου for this reason, therefore (SIG 1168, 47; 1169, 18; 44; 62f; BGU 423, 17=Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 480, 17) J 6:66; 19:12.
    ⓕ Sim. ἐκ can introduce the means which one uses for a definite purpose, with, by means of (Polyaenus 3, 9, 62 ἐξ ἱμάντος=by means of a thong) ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ Lk 16:9 (X., An. 6, 4, 9; PTebt 5, 80 [118 B.C.] ἐκ τ. ἱερῶν προσόδων; ParJer 1:7 [of Jerusalem] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀφανισθήτω; Jos., Vi. 142 ἐκ τ. χρημάτων); cp. 8:3.
    ⓖ of the source, fr. which someth. flows or comes:
    α. λαλεῖν ἐκ τ. ἰδίων J 8:44. ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τ. καρδίας Mt 12:34. τὰ ἐκ τ. ἱεροῦ the food from the temple 1 Cor 9:13. ἐκ τ. εὐαγγελίου ζῆν get one’s living by proclaiming the gospel vs. 14.
    β. information, insight, etc. (X., An. 7, 7, 43 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες; Just., A I, 28, 1 ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων συγγραμμάτων … μαθεῖν 34, 2 al.) κατηχεῖσθαι ἐκ Ro 2:18. ἀκούειν ἐκ J 12:34. γινώσκειν Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 3:24; 4:6. ἐποπτεύειν 1 Pt 2:12. δεικνύναι Js 2:18 (cp. ἀποδεικνύναι Just., D. 33, 1).
    γ. of the inner life, etc., fr. which someth. proceeds (since Il. 9, 486): ἐκ καρδίας Ro 6:17; 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. (cp. Theocr. 29, 4; M. Ant. 3, 3). ἐκ ψυχῆς Eph 6:6; Col 3:23 (X., An. 7, 7, 43, Oec. 10, 4; Jos., Ant. 17, 177; 1 Macc 8:27). ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ἰσχύος σου Mk 12:30; cp. Lk 10:27 (Dt 6:5; cp. Wsd 8:21; 4 Macc 7:18; Epict. 2, 23, 42 ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς). ἐκ πίστεως Ro 14:23; cp. 2 Cor 2:17. Also of circumstances which accompany an action without necessarily being the source of it: γράφειν ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως write out of great affliction 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 1:17.
    ⓗ of the material out of which someth. is made (Hdt. 1, 194; Pla., Rep. 10, 616c; OGI 194, 28 [42 B.C.] a statue ἐκ σκληροῦ λίθου; PMagd 42, 5 [221 B.C.]=PEnteux 83, 5; POxy 707, 28; PGM 13, 659; Wsd 15:8; 1 Macc 10:11; Jdth 1:2; En 99:13; JosAs 3:9; Just., A I, 59, 1) of, from στέφανος ἐξ ἀκανθῶν Mt 27:29; J 19:2; cp. 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21; 1 Cor 15:47; Rv 18:12; 21:21; perh. also 1 Cor 11:12 ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός.
    ⓘ of the underlying rule or principle according to, in accordance with (Hdt., Pla. et al. [Kühner-G. I 461g], also OGI 48, 12 [III B.C.] ἐκ τ. νόμων; PEleph 1, 12 [312/11 B.C.] ἐκ δίκης; PPetr III, 26, 9 ἐκ κρίσεως; LXX, e.g. 1 Macc 8:30; Jos., Ant. 6, 296 ἐκ κυνικῆς ἀσκήσεως πεποιημένος τὸν βίον) ἐκ τ. λόγων Mt 12:37 (cp. Wsd 2:20). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε by what you have said Lk 19:22 (cp. Sus 61 Theod.; also X., Cyr. 2, 2, 21 ἐκ τ. ἔργων κρίνεσθαι). ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων on the basis of things written Rv 20:12. ἐκ τ. καλοῦντος Ro 9:12. ἐκ τ. ἔχειν in accordance w. your ability 2 Cor 8:11. ἐξ ἰσότητος on the basis of equality vs. 13.
    ④ marker used in periphrasis, from, of
    ⓐ for the partitive gen. (B-D-F §164, 1 and 2; 169; Rob. 599; 1379).
    α. after words denoting number εἷς, μία, ἕν (Hdt. 2, 46, 2 ἐκ τούτων εἷς; POxy 117, 14ff [II/III A.D.] δύο … ἐξ ὧν … ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν; Tob 12:15 BA; Sir 32:1; Jos., Bell. 7, 47; JosAs 20:2 ἐκ τῶν παρθένων μία Just., D. 126, 4) Mt 10:29; 18:12; 22:35; 27:48; Mk 9:17 al.; εἷς τις J 11:49; δύο Mk 16:12; Lk 24:13; J 1:35; 21:2. πέντε Mt 25:2. πολλοί (1 Macc 5:26; 9:69) J 6:60, 66; 7:31; 11:19, 45. οἱ πλείονες 1 Cor 15:6. οὐδείς (Epict. 1, 29, 37; 1 Macc 5:54; 4 Macc 14:4; Ar. 13, 6; Just., D. 16, 2) J 7:19; 16:5. χιλιάδες ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Rv 7:4.
    β. after the indef. pron. (Plut., Galba 1065 [27, 2]; Herodian 5, 3, 9; 3 Macc 2:30; Jos., Vi. 279) Lk 11:15; J 6:64; 7:25, 44, 48; 9:16; 11:37, 46 al. Also after the interrog. pron. Mt 6:27; 21:31; Lk 11:5; 12:25; 14:28 al.
    γ. the partitive w. ἐκ as subj. (2 Km 11:17) εἶπαν ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ J 16:17.—Rv 11:9. As obj., pl. Mt 23:34; Lk 11:49; 21:16; 2J 4 (cp. Sir 33:12; Jdth 7:18; 10:17 al.).
    δ. used w. εἶναι belong to someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 399) καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ you also belong to them Mt 26:73; cp. Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58; J 7:50; 10:26; Ac 21:8; cp. 2 Cl 18:1. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τ. σώματος I do not belong to the body 1 Cor 12:15f; cp. 2 Cl 14:1.
    ε. after verbs of supplying, receiving, consuming: ἐσθίειν ἔκ τινος (Tob 1:10; Sir 11:19; Jdth 12:2; JosAs 16:8) 1 Cor 9:7; 11:28; J 6:26, 50f; Rv 2:7. πίνειν Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25; J 4:13f; Rv 14:10; χορτάζειν ἔκ τινος gorge w. someth. 19:21 (s. ζ below); μετέχειν 1 Cor 10:17; λαμβάνειν (1 Esdr 6:31; Wsd 15:8) J 1:16; Rv 18:4; Hs 9, 24, 4. τὸ βρέφος … ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ the child took its mother’s breast GJs 19:2; διδόναι (Tob 4:16; Ezk 16:17) Mt 25:8; 1J 4:13. διαδιδόναι (Tob 4:16 A) J 6:11.
    ζ. after verbs of filling: ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς was filled w. the fragrance J 12:3 cp. Rv 8:5. χορτασθῆναι ἔκ τινος to be satisfied to the full w. someth. Lk 15:16. γέμειν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς be full of greed Mt 23:25.
    ⓑ in periphrasis for the gen. of price or value for (Palaeph. 45; PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.]; 119, 5 [c. 100 A.D.]; 131, 5; PLond II, 277, 9 p. 217 [23 A.D.]; BGU III, 916, 19 [I A.D.]; PAmh II, 133, 19 [II A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 34; B-D-F §179) ἀγοράζειν τι ἔκ τινος Mt 27:7 (POxy 745, 2 [c. 1 A.D.] τ. οἶνον ἠγόρασας ἐκ δραχμῶν ἕξ; EpJer 24); cp. Ac 1:18; Mt 20:2.
    ⑤ marker denoting temporal sequence, from
    ⓐ of the time when someth. begins from, from … on, for, etc. ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός from birth (Ps 21:11; 70:6; Is 49:1) Mt 19:12 al.; also ἐκ γενετῆς J 9:1 (since Il. 24, 535; Od. 18, 6; s. also γενετή). ἐκ νεότητος (since Il. 14, 86; Ps 70:5; Sir 7:23; Wsd 8:2; 1 Macc 2:66; JosAs 17:4) Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21. ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων for a long time 23:8. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων a long time before 1 Cl 42:5 (cp. Epict. 2, 16, 17 ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου. Cp. ἐκ πολλοῦ Thu. 1, 68, 3; 2, 88, 2; ἐξ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν Lysias, Epitaph. 1). ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:21 (cp. X., Hell. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ πάντων προγόνων). ἐκ τ. αἰῶνος since the world began J 9:32 (cp. ἐξ αἰῶνος Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 76; Diod S 4, 83, 3; Aelian, VH 6, 13; 12, 64; OGI 669, 61; Sir 1:4; 1 Esdr 2:17, 21; Jos., Bell. 5, 442). ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτώ for eight years Ac 9:33; cp. 24:10. ἐξ ἀρχῆς (PTebt 40, 20 [117 B.C.]; Sir 15:14; 39:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225; Ath. 8, 1) J 6:64. ἐκ παιδιόθεν fr. childhood Mk 9:21 (s. παιδιόθεν. Just., A I, 15, 6 ἐκ παίδων. On the use of ἐκ w. an adv. cp. ἐκ τότε POxy 486 [II A.D.]; ἐκ πρωίθεν 1 Macc 10:80).
    ⓑ of temporal sequence
    α. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (cp. Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 445; Henioch. Com. 5:13 K.; Theocr. 18, 35; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Sir 5:7; Esth 3:7; En 98:8; 103:10).
    β. ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, again, s. δεύτερος 2. ἐκ τρίτου Mt 26:44 (ParJer 7:8; cp. PHolm 1, 32 ἐκ τετάρτου).
    ⑥ various uses and units
    ⓐ blending of constructions, cp. Rob. 599f: ἐκ for ἐν (Hdt., Thu. et al., s. Kühner-G. I 546f; LXX, e.g. Sus 26 Theod.; 1 Macc 11:41; 13:21; Jdth 15:5) ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δώσει Lk 11:13. μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ Mt 24:17. τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικείας (ἐπιστολὴν) ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε Col 4:16.
    ⓑ like the OT use of מִן: ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her Rv 18:20 (cp. Ps 118:84; Is 1:24; En 100:4; 104:3). ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τ. δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 19:2, cp. 6:10 (both 4 Km 9:7).
    ⓒ adv. expressions (Just., A I, 2, 1 ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ‘in every way’): ἐξ ἀνάγκης (ἀνάγκη 1). ἐκ συμφώνου by mutual consent (BGU 446, 13=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 257, 13; CPR I, 11, 14 al. in pap; cp. Dssm., NB 82f [BS 225]) 1 Cor 7:5. ἐκ λύπης reluctantly 2 Cor 9:7. ἐκ περισσοῦ extremely (Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 64; Lucian, Pro Merc. Cond. 13; Da 3:22 Theod.; Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 284, 17 [-ττ]) Mk 6:51; 1 Th 5:13 v.l.; ἐκ μέτρου by measure = sparingly J 3:34. ἐκ μέρους (Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 83, 24) part by part = as far as the parts are concerned, individually 1 Cor 12:27 (distributive; cp. PHolm 1, 7 ἐκ δραχμῶν Ϛ´=6 dr. each); mostly in contrast to ‘complete’, only in part 13:9 (BGU 538, 35; 574, 10; 887, 6; 17 al. in pap; EpArist 102). ἐξ ὀνόματος individually, personally, by name IEph 20:2; IPol 4:2; 8:2.
    ⓓ ἐκ … εἰς w. the same word repeated gives it special emphasis (Plut., Galba 1058 [14, 2] ἐκ προδοσίας εἰς προδοσίαν; Ps 83:8) ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν Ro 1:17.—2 Cor 2:16 (twice).—The result and goal are thus indicated Ro 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54.—DELG s.v. ἐξ. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐκ

  • 17 διαφέρω

    διαφέρω, [tense] fut.
    A

    διοίσω S.OT 321

    ,

    διοίσομαι h.Merc. 255

    , etc.: [tense] aor. 1 διήνεγκα, [dialect] Ion. διήνεικα: [tense] aor. 2 διήνεγκον:— carry over or across,

    δ. ναῦς τὸν Ἰσθμόν Th.8.8

    ; carry from one to another,

    διαφέρεις κηρύγματα E.Supp. 382

    ; [

    τὸ ἤλεκτρον] διαφέρεται εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας Arist. Mir. 836b6

    : metaph., γλῶσσαν διοίσει will put the tongue in motion, will speak, S.Tr. 323 codd.
    2 of Time, δ. τὸν αἰῶνα, τὸν βίον, go through life, Hdt.3.40, E.Hel.[10];

    νύκτα Id.Rh. 600

    : abs., ἄπαις διοίσει ib. 982:—[voice] Med., live, continue,

    ὑγιηροὶ τἄλλα διαφέρονται Hp. Art.56

    ; σοῦ διοίσεται μόνος will pass his life apart from thee, S.Aj. 511;

    σκοπούμενος διοίσει X.Mem.2.1.24

     (cj. Dind. for διέσῃ).
    3 bear through, bear to the end,

    σκῆπτρα E.IA 1195

    ; γαστρὸς ὄγκον δ., of a woman, Id. Ion15, cf. X.Mem.2.2.5: hence,
    4 bear to the end, go through with,

    πόλεμον Hdt.1.25

    , Th.1.11; but also, bear the burden of war, Id.6.54; endure, support, with an Adv.,

    ῥᾷστα γὰρ τὸ σόν τε σὺ κἀγὼ διοίσω τοὐμόν S.OT 321

    ;

    δ. πότμον δάκρυσι E.Hipp. 1143

     (lyr.): abs., of patients in disease,

    δ. ἕως τῶν εἰκοσιτεσσάρων ἡμερέων Hp.Int.40

    ; δ. φθειρόμενος ib.12 (also ἡ νοῦσος δ. ἐννέα ἔτεα ibid.).
    II carry different ways, Ar.Lys. 570, etc.;

    δ. ἕκαστα εἰς τὰς χώρας τὰς προσηκούσας X.Oec.9.8

    ; toss about,

    ὅπλισμα.. διαφέρων ἐσφενδόνα E.Supp. 715

    ; δ. τὰς κόρας to turn the eyes about, Id.Ba. 1087. Or. 1261 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., to be drawn apart, disrupted, opp. συμφέρεσθαι, Heraclit.10, Pl.Sph. 242e, Epicur.Nat.908.2; to be tossed about, dub. in Str.3.2.5;

    δ. ἐν τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ Act.Ap.27.27

    , cf. Plu.Galb.26.
    2 δ. τινά spread his fame abroad, Pi.P.11.60;

    εἰς ἅπαντας τὴν ἐκείνου μνήμην δ. D.61.46

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    φήμη διηνέχθη Plu.2.163c

    .
    3 tear asunder, E.Ba. 754; disjoin, Arist.Po. 1451a34 ([voice] Pass.): metaph., distract,

    τὰς ψυχὰς φροντίσιν Plu.2.133d

    , cf. 97f ([voice] Pass.), D.Chr.32.46 ([voice] Pass.).
    4 δ. τὴν ψῆφον give one's vote a different way, i.e. against another, Hdt.4.138, etc.; but also, give each man his vote, E.Or.49, Th.4.74, X.Smp.5.8.
    5 ἐράνους δ., = διαλύεσθαι, pay them up, discharge them, Lycurg.22.
    6 defer, reserve for judgement,

    τὸν αἴτιον A.Ch.68

     (lyr., διασπαράσσει Sch.).
    7 plunder, Herod.7.90:—[voice] Pass.,

    τῶν ἀπὸ [τῆς οἰκίας] φορτίων διενηνεγμένων PLond.1.45.9

     (ii B.C.).
    8 excel,

    ἀρετῇ τοὺς ἄλλους D.S.11.67

    , cf. 2.5;

    καλλιτεκνίᾳ πάσας γυναῖκας Stud.Pont.3.123

     ([place name] Amasia).
    III intr., differ,

    φυᾷ δ. Pi.N.7.54

    ; ἆρ' οἱ τεκόντες διαφέρουσιν ἢ τροφαί; is it one's parents or nurture that make the difference? E.Hec. 599: c. gen., to be different from, Id.Or. 251, Th.5.86, etc.;

    οὐδὲν διοίσεις Χαιρεφῶντος τὴν φύσιν Ar.Nu. 503

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 329d;

    τὸ δ'.. ἀφανίζειν ἱερὰ ἔσθ' ὅτι τοῦ κόπτειν διαφέρει; D.21.147

    ;

    δ. τὰς μορφάς Arist.HA 497b15

    ; δ. εἴς τι, ἔν τινι, X.Hier.1.2,7;

    παρὰ τὴν Βεβρυκίαν App.Mith. 1

    ;

    καθ' ὑπεροχὴν καὶ ἕλλειψιν Arist.HA 486a22

    ;

    κατὰ τὴν θέσιν Id.Mete. 341b24

    ;

    πρός τι Id.HA 505a21

    ;

    τίνι δ. τὰ ἄρρενα τῶν θηλειῶν.. θεωρείσθω Id.PA 684b3

    : c. inf.,

    μόνῃ τῇ μορφῇ μὴ οὑχὶ πρόβατα εἶναι δ. Luc.Alex.15

    : with Art., τρεῖς μόναι ψῆφοι διήνεγκαν τὸ μὴ θανάτου τιμῆσαι three votes made the difference (i.e. majority) against capital punishment, D.23.167; also διαφέρει τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ ἔργου makes a difference equal to half the effort expended, X.Oec.20.17.
    2 impers., διαφέρει it makes a difference,

    πλεῖστον δ. Hp.Aph.5.22

    ;

    βραχὺ δ. τοῖς θανοῦσιν εἰ.. E.Tr. 1248

    , etc.; οὐδὲν δ. it makes no odds, Pl.Phd. 89c, cf. Men.Epit. 193;

    σμικρὸν οἴει διαφέρειν; Pl.R. 467c

    : c. dat. pers., δ. μοι it makes a difference to me, Antipho 5.13, Pl.Prt. 316b, etc.; ἰδίᾳ τι αὐτῷ δ. he has some private interest at stake, Th.3.42; εἰ ὑμῖν μή τι δ. if you see no objection, Pl.La. 187d;

    τί δέ σοι τοῦτο δ. εἴτε.. εἴτε μή; Id.R. 349a

    , cf. Grg. 497b, etc.: c. inf.,

    οὐδέ τί οἱ διέφερεν ἀποθανεῖν Hdt.1.85

    : with personal constr.,

    πράγματά τινι διαφέροντα Plu.Caes.65

    ; to be of importance, πρός or εἴς τι, Gal.15.420,428;

    τῷ ζῴῳ Id.UP9.5

    .
    3

    τὸ δ.

     the difference, the odds,

    Pl.Phlb. 45d

    ; = τὸ συμφέρον Antiph.31;

    περὶ μεγίστων δὴ τῶν -όντων βουλεύεσθαι Th.6.92

    , cf. Lys.31.5, Is.4.12; τὰ ἀναγκαιότερα τῷ ταμιείῳ δ. vital interests, PThead.15.17 (iii A.D.); τὸ δ. μέρος τῶν ἀποφάσεων the essential part, POxy.1204.11 (iii A.D.); τὰ δ. vital matters, Ep.Rom.2.18;

    ἐπιστάμενος τὰ δ. παραβαίνειν τολμᾷ And. 3.19

     (but τὰ δ. also simply, points of difference, in character and the like , Th.1.70, etc.).
    4 to be different from a person: generally, in point of excess, surpass, excel him (cf. supr. 11.8), τινός v.l. for -όντως in Th.3.39; τινί in a thing, Id.2.39, Alex.36.6;

    ἔν τινι Isoc.3.39

    ;

    εἴς τι Pl.Ap. 35b

    ;

    κατὰ μέγεθος X.Lac.1.10

    ;

    πρός τι Aeschin.1.181

    : c. inf.,

    δ. τινὸς μεταβιβάζειν τινά Pl.Grg. 517b

    : sts. folld. by ἤ, πολὺ διέφερεν ἀλέξασθαι ἤ.. it was far better.. than.., X.An.3.4.33, cf. Mem.3.11.14, Vect.4.25 (where it means to differ in point of diminution); also

    δ. μέγα τι παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις Plb.10.27.5

    : abs., excel,

    ἐπί τινι Isoc.10.12

    ;

    τάχει Jul.Or.2.53c

    ;

    οἱ τόποι διαφέρουσι Thphr.CP5.14.9

    ;

    διαφέρον τι πεπραχέναι

     a remarkable achievement,

    Plb.6.39.2

    .
    6 quarrel, struggle, Telecl.20;

    οἱ διαφέροντες

     the parties, litigants,

    PPar.69

     B10 (iii A.D.).
    7 come between, intervene,

    ὁ διαφέρων χρόνος Antipho 5.94

    .
    8 belong to, τινί, as property, Ph.1.207, PLond. 3.940.23 (iii A.D.); of persons, belong to a household, PStrassb.26.5 (iv A.D.);

    οἱ -φέροντες

     kinsfolk,

    Annuario 4

    /5.476 ([place name] Bargylia); appertain to,

    τῇ ὠνῇ BGU1062.21

     (iii A.D.); τὰ εἰς τοῦτο -φέροντα πράγματα Mitteis Chr. 372v3 (ii A.D.).
    IV [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., be at variance, quarrel,

    τινί Heraclit.72

    , cf. Amphis32, etc.;

    περί τινος Hdt.1.173

    , Pl.Euthphr.7b; δ. ἀλλήλοις differ with, ibid., cf. Antipho 5.42;

    τινὶ περί τινος Th.5.31

    , cf. X.Oec.17.4;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλους Lys.18.17

    , cf. Hyp.Oxy. 1607 Fr. 1 iii 60, etc.;

    τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους Supp.Epigr. 1.363.5

     (Samos, iii B.C.);

    ἀμφί τινος X.An.4.5.17

    ;

    διενεχθέντας γνώμῃ Hdt.7.220

    ; δ. ὡς.. maintain on the contrary that.., D.56.46; οὐ διαφέρομαι, = οὔ μοι διαφέρει, Id.9.8; μηδὲν διὰ τοῦτο διαφέρου let there be no dispute on this ground, Lys.10.17; οἱ -φερόμενοι the litigants, SIG685.29 (Crete, ii B.C.).—Not in [dialect] Ep.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διαφέρω

  • 18 κατεργάζομαι

    κατεργ-άζομαι, [tense] fut. - άσομαι, later [ per.] 3sg. - ᾶται PTeb.10.2 (ii B.C.): [tense] aor. κατειργασάμην, and (in pass. sense) κατειργάσθην (v. infr.): [tense] pf. κατείργασμαι both in act. and pass. sense (v. infr.):—
    A effect by labour, achieve,

    πρήγματα μεγάλα Hdt.5.24

    ;

    πᾶν S.El. 1022

    ;

    μόρον.. ἐπαλλήλοιν χεροῖν Id.Ant.57

    ;

    ταῦθ' ἁπινοεῖς Ar.Ec. 247

    ;

    τὰ δυνατά Th.4.65

    ;

    τὰ πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν Phld.Rh.2.31

     S.;

    μεγάλα μὲν ἐπινοεῖτε, ταχὺ δὲ κατεργάζεσθε X.Hier.2.2

    ;

    κ. εἰρήνην τινί And.3.8

    ; ἢν κατεργάσῃ if you do the job, Ar.Eq. 933: [tense] pf.

    κατείργασμαι, μέγιστα ἔργα X.Mem. 3.5.11

    : in pass. sense, to have been effected or achieved, Hdt.1.123, 141, 4.66, E.IT 1081, etc.;

    κατειργασμένη ὠφέλεια Antipho 2.1.4

    ;

    ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ κατειργασμένοις Lys.31.9

    : [tense] aor. - ειργάσθην Luc.Herm.5.
    c abs., achieve one's object, be successful,

    αὐτὸς ἑωυτῷ Id.5.78

    ; simply, work,

    ἐν τοῖς ἐργαστηρίοις

     PTeb.ined.

    703.148

    .
    2 c. acc. pers., make an end of, finish, kill,

    ἑωυτόν Hdt.1.24

    , cf. E.Hipp. 888, etc.;

    λέοντα βίᾳ S.Tr. 1094

    .
    b overpower, subdue, conquer, Hdt.6.2, Ar.Eq. 842, Th.4.85, Isoc.9.59, etc.;

    τὴν Ἑλλάδα Hdt.8.100

    ; ποσὶ καὶ στόματι κ. [τινά] attack him, of a horse, Id.5.111: in pass. sense, of land, μακέλλῃ τῇ κατείργασται πέδον is subdued, brought under cultivation, A.Ag. 526;

    κατεργαζομένη ἡ γῆ Thphr.CP3.1.3

    ; later trans., cultivate, PTeb.10.2 (ii B.C.), etc.
    c prevail upon, κατεργάσατο καὶ ἀνέπεισε Ξέρξην, ὥστε .. Hdt.7.6, cf. X.Mem.2.3.16, Parth.13.1, Plu.Fab.21;

    κ. τινὰ πειθοῖ Str.10.4.2

    :—[voice] Pass., οὐκ ἐδύνατο κατεργασθῆναι [ἡ γυνή] could not be prevailed upon, Hdt.9.108.
    d c. dupl. acc., do something to one,

    καλόν τι τὴν πόλιν And.2.17

     (but κ. τὴν πόλιν carry on business in the city, SIG899 (Mesambria, iii A.D.)).
    II till, cultivate land, PSI6.632.9 (iii B.C.), etc.; work up for use, freq. of food, by chewing or digestion,

    ὀδόντας ἔχει οἷς κ. τὴν τροφήν Arist.HA 501b30

    , cf. Juv. 469a31, Spir. 482b16, Gal.11.649 ([voice] Pass.); τὸ -αζόμενον ἔχειν εὔρωστον a strong digestion, Id.17(2).430; κ. τὰ ἐδέσματα Sch. Ar.Eq. 714; by grinding (of corn), Longus 3.30, cf. D.H.5.13 ([voice] Pass.); by ripening (of fruits),

    κατειργασμένα ἐπὶ τοῦ δένδρου Gal.11.367

    ; κ. μέλι make.., Hdt.4.194; κ. τὴν κόπρον prepare it, Arist.HA 552a24;

    σίδηρον D.27.10

    ;

    ξύλα-ειργασμένα Thphr.CP5.17.2

    ;

    στίππυον τὸ κατειργαζμένον PCair.Zen.472.9

     (iii B.C.);

    λίθους D.S.1.98

    .
    2 turn bullion into coin, PCair.Zen.21.6 (iii B.C.).
    III work at, practise,

    ἄλλην μελέτην κ. Pl.Ti. 88c

    .
    IV κ. ὄρη level them, J.AJ 11.3.4 (fr. LXX 1 Es.4.4).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κατεργάζομαι

  • 19 πλουτίζω

    πλουτ-ίζω, [dialect] Att. [tense] fut.
    A

    - ιῶ Timocl.4.8

    :— make wealthy, enrich, τινα A.Ag. 586, X.Cyr.8.2.22;

    ἀρετῇ τινας Id.Mem.4.2.9

    ;

    τὴν πατρίδα IGRom.3.199

     ([place name] Ancyra): iron., π. τινὰ ἄτης ( ἄτην codd.) A.Ag. 1268:—[voice] Pass.,

    Ἅιδης στεναγμοῖς καὶ γόοις π. S.OT30

    ;

    τούτοις π. ὑπὸ σοῦ X.Cyr.5.5.27

    ; ἀπὸ βοσκημάτων, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, gain one's wealth from.., Id.Mem.2.1.28, Vect.4.14.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πλουτίζω

  • 20 φιλότιμος

    A loving honour or distinction, ambitious, mostly in bad sense (cf. Pl.R. 347b, Arist.EN 1125b9), E.Ph. 567;

    τὸ μαντικὸν πᾶν σπέρμα φ. κακόν Id.IA 520

    ; joined with φιλοχρήματος, Pl.Phd. 68c; with φιλόνικος, Id.R. 551a, etc.; also in good sense,

    φ. καὶ ἐλευθέριος X.Mem.2.3.16

    ;

    φ. καὶ μεγαλόψυχοι Isoc.9.3

    :—with abstr. Nouns (in both senses),

    εὐ χά A.Supp. 658

     (lyr.);

    ἦθος E.Supp. 907

    ;

    σοφίαι φιλοτιμότεραι Κλεοφῶντος Ar.Ra. 679

     (lyr.);

    αἱ φ. τῶν φύσεων X.Oec.13.9

    ;

    βίος Lys. 2.16

    ;

    πολιτεία Pl.R. 545b

    ; φ. ἐπί τινι emulous in regard to, eager for distinction in.., ἐπὶ σοφία, ἐπ' ἀρετῇ, Id.Prt. 343c, Lg. 744e;

    περὶ τἀναγκαῖα φιλοτιμότατος Plb.9.20.6

    ;

    ἱππικὸν φιλοτιμότερον πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ ἀνδραγαθίας X.Eq.Mag.9.3

    : c. inf., φιλοτιμότατοι καλόν τι ποιεῖν ib.2.2: c. acc. modi, τὰς ψυχὰς -ότεροι ib.7.3;

    - ότεροι τὰ ἤθη Arist.Rh. 1391a22

    : τὸ φ., = φιλοτιμία, E.IA22 (dub. l., anap.), 342 (troch.), Th.2.44, Pl.Lg. 841c, etc.
    b rejoicing in worship,

    Νυκτὸς παῖδες A.Eu. 1033

     (lyr.).
    2 prodigal, lavish,

    λαμπρὸς καὶ φ. D.21.159

    ; munificent, generous, πρός τινα Aristeas 227

    · περὶ ξένους Plu.Crass.3

    .
    3 φιλότιμος, title of an official member of a guild or corporation at Histria,

    γερουσίας φ.

     Analele Acad.Române

    38.596

    (pl.); so at Tomi,

    ὁ προστάτης καὶ δισφύλαρχος καὶ φ. Dacia1.273

    .
    4 neut. pl., gifts, endowments,

    τὴν μὲν τοῖς ἑαυτῆς φ. κεκόσμηκεν Ἀφροδίτη Aristaenet.1.10

    .
    II Adv.

    - μως

     ambitiously, emulously,

    Lys.16.18

    , Is.7.39; φ. πρός τινα ἔχειν to vie emulously with.., Pl.Chrm. 162c;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλους Isoc.4.85

    ; φ. ἔχειν πρός τι to strive, exert oneself eagerly after a thing, X.Cyr.1.6.26, etc.;

    τὰ λοιπὰ συσπεύσας φ.

     zealously,

    PCair.Zen.62

     (b) 8(iii B. C.);

    φ. πρὸς τοὺς λόγους διακεῖσθαι Isoc. 15.277

    ; with public spirit, generously, IG22.505.35, etc.: [comp] Comp.

    φιλοτιμότερον Lys.16.20

    , PTeb.23.10 (ii B. C.); or

    - οτέρως Isoc.9.5

    : [comp] Sup.

    - ότατα Plu.Caes.3

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φιλότιμος

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Liste des prénoms grecs — Sommaire 1 Origine des prénoms grecs 2 Attribution des prénoms 3 Fêtes 4 Transcription et translittération …   Wikipédia en Français

  • ЕВАГРИЙ ПОНТИЙСКИЙ — [греч. Εὐάϒριος ὁ Ποντικός] (ок. 345, г. Ивора Понтийская (совр. Сев. Турция) ок. 399, пустыня Келлии (Египет)), монах, аскетический писатель, богослов. Жизнь Источники Помимо скудных автобиографических данных, содержащихся в сочинениях Е. П.,… …   Православная энциклопедия

  • ИОАНН ЗЛАТОУСТ. Часть II — Учение Считая правильную веру необходимым условием спасения, И. З. в то же время призывал веровать в простоте сердца, не обнаруживая излишнего любопытства и помня, что «природа рассудочных доводов подобна некоему лабиринту и сетям, нигде не имеет …   Православная энциклопедия

  • επαγγέλλω — (AM ἐπαγγέλλω) [αγγέλλω] 1. μέσ. υπόσχομαι κάτι χωρίς να μού τό ζητήσουν, προσφέρω («καί σφι προσελθοῡσι ἐπηγγείλατο καταγωγήν καὶ ξείνια», Ηρόδ.) 2. μέσ. καταγίνομαι, ασχολούμαι με κάτι, ασκώ βιοποριστικό επάγγελμα (α. «επαγγέλλεται τον γιατρό»… …   Dictionary of Greek

  • συν — σύν ΝΜΑ, και ξὺν και βοιωτ. τ. σούν Α (κύρια μονοσύλλαβη πρόθεση, στη νεοελλ. κυρίως σε λόγια χρήση, η οποία συντάσσεται με δοτική) 1. μαζί, από κοινού (α. «συν γυναιξί και τέκνοις» β. «ἐπαιδεύετο σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ», Ξεν.) 2. με τη βοήθεια (α. «συν… …   Dictionary of Greek

  • χάρη — Η με διάταγμα του Προέδρου της Δημοκρατίας μη εκτέλεση ή ελάττωση ποινής που επιβλήθηκε με αμετάκλητη καταδικαστική απόφαση. Θεωρείται ιδιότυπος θεσμός και είναι προνόμιο του αρχηγού του κράτους, ο οποίος επεμβαίνει με αυτό τον τρόπο στον τομέα… …   Dictionary of Greek

  • ЗЛО — [греч. ἡ κακία, τὸ κακόν, πονηρός, τὸ αἰσχρόν, τὸ φαῦλον; лат. malum], характеристика падшего мира, связанная со способностью разумных существ, одаренных свободой воли, уклоняться от Бога; онтологическая и моральная категория, противоположность… …   Православная энциклопедия

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»